The Islamic University of Gaza غةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةة بالجامعةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةة ا ةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةة م

Deanship of Research and Graduate Studies عمةةةةةةاح العلةةةةةةد العتمةةةةةة ال ا ةةةةةةا العت ةةةةةةا

Faculty of Arts كت ةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةةة ا حا

Master of Translation and Applied Linguistics ماجسةةةةةةت ج التججمةةةةةةة التسةةةةةةا ا الت ع ةةةةةةة

Ideological Traces in Translation: Palestinian

Translators’ Strategies in Rendering Israeli

News Articles

أثج األي يولوج ا ف التججم : اال تجات ج ا الت يوظفها المتججمون الفتس ن ون عن تججم األخعا الصلف ا جائ ت

By

Ghadeer Jamal Shabana

Supervised By

Dr. Mohammed Mosheer Amer

Associate Professor of Linguistics

A thesis submitted in partial fulfillment

of the requirements for the degree of

Master of Arts in Translation and Applied Linguistics

May, 2018

I

إقةةةةةةةةةةةةةةجا

أ ا الموقع أح اه م م الج ال الت تلمل العنوان:

Ideological Traces in Translation: Palestinian

Translators’ Strategies in Rendering Israeli

News Articles

ف التججم : اال تجات ج ا الت يوظفها المتججمون أثج األي يولوج ا الفتس ن ون عن تججم األخعا الصلف ا جائ ت

أقر بأن ما اشتملت عليه هذه الرسالة إنما هو نتاج جهدي الخاص، باستثناء ما تمت اإلشارة إليه

لنيل درجة أو لقب االخرين حيثما ورد، وأن هذه الرسالة ككل أو أي جزء منها لم يقدم من قبل

علمي أو بحثي لدى أي مؤسسة تعليمية أو بحثية أخرى.

Declaration

I understand the nature of plagiarism, and I am aware of the University’s policy on this.

The work provided in this thesis, unless otherwise referenced, is the researcher's own

work, and has not been submitted by others elsewhere for any other degree or

qualification.

:Student's name غدير جمال حافظ شبانة اسم الطالب:

:Signature غدير جمال حافظ شبانة التوقيع:

13/5/2018 التاريخ:Date:

II

III

Abstract

The researcher aimed to identify the strategies used by Palestinian translators in

rendering news articles, which embrace ideological connotations. It attempted to

investigate whether the meanings of the ideologically loaded news items are preserved

when rendered into Arabic, or changed in order to adapt to the translators' cultural and

political backgrounds and to meet the target readers’ expectations. For the purpose of the

study, two major methods were used to answer the research questions, which are the

Discourse Historical Analysis (DHA) of the source texts and the textual Analysis of the

target texts based on Stetting’s (1989) trans-editing strategies.

I selected three articles from the Jerusalem Post, an Israeli English newspaper,

namely that contain highly sensitive and ideologically loaded items and discussed how

they were written in the original source texts. The methodology used in the source texts

analysis was Discourse Historical Analysis (DHA), which is very relevant in analyzing

such historically complicated discourses. The DHA of the source texts showed that news

are manipulated and written from the Israeli perspective through the use of different

discursive strategies to negatively depict the Palestinians as terrorists or lone wolves.

Such discursive strategies included nomination, predication, perspectivation, mitigation,

intensification, and argumentation.

The three articles were translated by four Palestinian translators working for

local Palestinian newspapers. I analyzed those translations by investigating the trans-

editing strategies of deletion, addition, substitution, and reorganization. Results of the

study showed that Palestinian translators adopt the trans-editing strategies in rendering

those texts because of their political and cultural affiliations to end up with texts that

meet the expectations of their target readers. The researcher recommended that

translators avoid the use of literal translation in dealing with such highly sensitive

ideologically loaded texts and opt for trans-editing which seems to be more effective in

dealing with similarly complicated issues.

IV

ملخص الدراسة

تهدف هذه الدراسة إلى تحديد االستراتيجيات التي يوظفها المترجمون الفلسطينيون عند ترجمة والتي تحوي قدرا من المضامين األيديولوجية. وتدرس الرسالة ما إذا المقاالت الصحفية اإلسرائيلية

كانت المعاني التي تحملها األخبار الصحفية التي تحتوي على مضامين أيديولوجية بقيت كما هي أم تغيرت بفعل الخلفيات الثقافية واأليديولوجية للمترجمين لكي يصلوا بالنص المترجم إلى ما يتوقع

في النص. لهذا الهدف اتبعت الدراسة منهجية التحليل التاريخي للنصوص األصلية القارئ إيجاده تنغ في الترجمة لتحليل النصوص المترجمة.حليل اللغوي المبني على نظرية ستوالت

نجليزية وهي تم اختيار ثالثة مقاالت صحفية من الصحيفة اإلسرائيلية الناطقة باللغة اإلعلى أخبار حساسة ولها فحوى أيديولوجي ليتم تحليل طريقة وهي نصوص تحتوي جيرزالم بوست

كتابتها باستخدام منهجية التحليل التاريخي للنصوص والتي تعتبر منهجية مالئمة جدا لهذا الغرض. وباألحداث حتى تالئم وجهة النظر اإلسرائيلية التحليل أنه تم التالعب بالنصوص وقد أظهر

باستخدام أساليب نصية عدة.

ترجم النصوص الصحفية الثالثة أربعة مترجمين فلسطينيين يعملون في صحف فلسطينية محلية وقد تم تحليل النصوص المترجمة لدراسة االستراتيجيات المستخدمة ومنها الحذف واإلضافة

وقد أظهر التحليل أن المترجمين قد وظفوا هذه االستراتيجيات بفعل . والتقديم والتأخيرواالستبدال الوطنية والثقافية ليصلوا بالنص المترجم إلى درجة يتقبلها القارئ العربي. وقد مبانتماءاتهتأثرهم

الترجمة الحرفية عند التعامل مع النصوص بتجنبأوصت الباحثة في نهاية الدراسة المترجمين باالستراتيجيات السابق االستعانةل في طياتها فحوى أيديولوجيا حساسا وأن يتم الصحفية التي تحم

جمة التي تعد أكثر فعالية في التعامل مع مثل هذه النصوص الحساسة. ذكرها عند التر

III

Dedication

To my mum and dad, to whom I owe all my success…

To my sincere husband, without whose support I would have never achieved this

success…

To my lovely daughters, Nour and Malak…

To my distinguished sister and my brothers, who always pushed me to be better…

To my beloved father-in-law…

To the soul of my dear mother-in-law…

To all my friends and colleagues…

IV

Acknowledgement

This study has been made possible through the efforts of a number of people in the field

of translation. Without those people’s help and generosity of time, my thesis would have

never seen the light.

In this regard, I wish to acknowledge the help and endless support provided by my

supervisor, Dr. Mosheer Amer, who spared no effort in supervising the steps of writing

upthe thesis and advising me on using the best methodology to end up with such a

significant thesis.

I would also like to thank Dr. Mohammed El Haj Ahmed and Dr. Walid Amer for their

advice on different issues related to the choice of Stetting’s theory of transediting to

investigate translation strategies.

My sincere thanks go to the person who first instilled me the passion towards translation

studies, Dr. Refaat AlAreer to whom I will always stay grateful.

Finally, my thanks go especially to the four translators who did not hesitate to participate

in the study and translated the texts so professionally in spite of lack of time and

stamina.

V

Table of Contents

Abstract ........................................................................................................................... III

IV ..................................................................................................................... ملخص الدراسة

Dedication ....................................................................................................................... III

Acknowledgement .......................................................................................................... IV

Table of Contents ............................................................................................................. V

List of Tables ............................................................................................................... VIII

List of Figures ................................................................................................................. IX

List of Appendices ........................................................................................................... X

List of Abbreviations ...................................................................................................... XI

Chapter One Introduction ...................................................................................... 1

1.1 Introduction .............................................................................................................. 2

1.2 Historical Background of the IPC ............................................................................ 4

1.2.1 The Israeli-Palestinian conflict (IPC) 1917-2000 ............................................. 4

1.2.2 The Al-Quds Intifada (2015- now) ................................................................... 5

1.3 Sampling of the Research ......................................................................................... 6

1.4 About the Jerusalem Post ......................................................................................... 6

1.5 Statement of the Problem ......................................................................................... 7

1.6 Purpose of the Study ................................................................................................. 8

1.7 Significance and Justification of the Study ............................................................. 8

1.8 Research Questions .................................................................................................. 9

1.9. Limitations of the Research ..................................................................................... 9

Chapter Two Literature Review ........................................................................ 11

Section (1): Translation Studies and Political Discourse .......................................... 12

2.1 Definitions of Translation ...................................................................................... 12

2.2 Types of Translation: Literal Vs. Free Translation ................................................ 13

2.3 Cultural Turn in Translation Studies ...................................................................... 14

2.4 Functionalist Approaches to Translation ................................................................ 14

2.5 Lefever’s Theory of Rewriting ............................................................................... 15

2.6 News Translation in Translation Studies ................................................................ 16

2.7 Ideology and Language .......................................................................................... 17

VI

2.7.1 Definition of Ideology .................................................................................... 17

2.7.2 Ideology and the Media .................................................................................. 18

2.7.3 Ideology and Media Discourse ....................................................................... 18

2.8 Ideology and Translation ........................................................................................ 19

2.8.1 Translation as Mediation ................................................................................ 21

2.8.2 The Role of translators as Mediators .............................................................. 22

Section (II): Empirical studies on News Translation ................................................. 24

2.9 Empirical Studies on Discourse Historical Analysis ............................................. 24

2.10 Empirical Studies on Ideology in News Translation ............................................ 26

2.11 Empirical Studies on Translation Strategies ........................................................ 29

Chapter Three Methodology........................................................................................ 34

Introduction .................................................................................................................. 35

3.1 Population and Sample of the Study ...................................................................... 35

3.2. Instruments of the Study ........................................................................................ 36

3.3 Corpus of the Study ................................................................................................ 36

3.4. Data Analysis ........................................................................................................ 36

3.4.1. Discourse Historical Analysis (DHA) of the Source Texts ............................. 36

3.4.1.1. Key Principles of DHA ............................................................................... 38

3.4.1.2 Key Concepts of DHA ................................................................................. 39

3.4.1.3 Steps and Categories of Discourse Historical Analysis ............................... 41

3.4.2 Textual Analysis of the Target Texts .................................................................. 42

3.4.2.1. Transediting as a New Term ....................................................................... 42

3.4.2.2 Areas of Transediting .................................................................................. 43

3.4.2.3 Transediting in News Translation ................................................................ 45

3.4.2.4 Transediting Strategies ................................................................................ 46

Chapter Four DHA of the Source Texts .................................................................... 50

4.1 Thematic Analysis: ................................................................................................. 51

4.1.1 Article (1): Palestinian terrorist kills two in south Tel Aviv stabbing attack . 51

4.1.2 Article (2): Coordinated Assault ..................................................................... 51

4.1.3 Article (3): Israel and the PA .......................................................................... 52

4.2.1 Nomination: ......................................................................................................... 53

4.2.1.1 Names: .............................................................................................................. 54

4.2.2 Predication ........................................................................................................... 58

VII

4.2.3 Perspectivation .................................................................................................... 59

4.2.4 Mitigation Vs. Intensification .............................................................................. 61

4.2.5 Argumentation ..................................................................................................... 63

4.3 Conclusions: ........................................................................................................... 68

Chapter Five Analysis of the Target Texts .................................................................... 71

5.1 Introduction ............................................................................................................ 72

5.2 Results of the Study ................................................................................................ 72

5.3 Discussion of the Results........................................................................................ 77

5.3.1 Deletion ....................................................................................................................... 77

5.3.2 Addition ...................................................................................................................... 86

5.3.3 Substitution ................................................................................................................. 99

5.3.4 Reorganization .......................................................................................................... 105

5.4 Study Conclusions ................................................................................................ 109

5.5 Recommendations ................................................................................................ 112

References .................................................................................................................... 114

Appendices ................................................................................................................... 122

VIII

List of Tables

Table (3.1): Demographic and Social Characteristics of the translators ........................ 35

Table (3.2): A selection of discursive strategies (Wodak, 2015: 8)................................ 39

Table (4.3): Names employed to serve the categorization purposes .............................. 54

Table (4.4): Deixis used to serve categorization purposes ............................................. 56

Table (5.5): Additions made by translator A in rendering the source texts .................... 87

Table (5.6): Additions made by translator B in rendering the source texts .................... 91

Table (5.7): Additions made by translator C in rendering the source texts .................... 96

Table (5.8): Original Expressions and Their Substitutes Used by Translator A .......... 100

Table (5.9): Original Expressions and Their Substitutes Used by Translator B .......... 102

Table (5.10): Original Expressions and Their Substitutes Used by Translator C ........ 104

Table (5.11): Original Expressions and Their Substitutes Used by Translator D ........ 105

IX

List of Figures

Figure (5.1): Translation strategies used by Translator A. ............................................. 73

Figure (5.2): Translation strategies used by Translator B. ............................................. 74

Figure (5.3): Translation strategies used by Translator C. ............................................. 75

Figure (5.4): Translation strategies used by Translator D. ............................................. 76

X

List of Appendices

Appendix (1): PALESTINIAN TERRORIST KILLS TWO IN SOUTH TEL AVIV

STABBING ATTACK........................................................................... 123

Appendix (2): COLUMN ONE: COORDINATED ASSAULT .................................. 126

Appendix (3): JPOST EDITORIAL: ISRAEL AND THE PA .................................... 132

Appendix (4): أبيب تل في طعن بعملية إسرائيليين مقتل ............................................................. 135

Appendix (5): منسق هجوم" طائلة تحت تقع" إسرائيل: "إسرائيلية باحثة " ....................................... 139

Appendix (6): الفلسطينية والسلطة" إسرائيل: "بوست جيروساليم ................................................. 146

Appendix (7): بالعملية تشيد وحماس, ابيب تل في فدائية عملية ينفذ فلسطيني, الصهيونية الجرائم على ردا 149

Appendix (8): ضدنا واالوروبيين الفلسطينيين مع منسقا هجوما تقود المتحدة الواليات: صهيوني كاتب . .. 151

Appendix (9): في الفلسطيني االقتصاد ودعم الفلسطينية السلطة مكانة بتعزيز يوصي الصهيوني االحتالل جيش

االنتفاضة لكبح الضفة ..................................................................................... 153

Appendix (10): فلسطيني نفذه هجوم في أبيب تل جنوب مستوطنين مقتل ........................................ 155

Appendix (11): منظًّم هجوم .............................................................................................. 157

Appendix (12): الفلسطينية والسلطة إسرائيل: بوست جورساليم افتتاحية ......................................... 163

Appendix (13): طعن بعملية أبيب تل جنوب في اثنين يقتل فلسطيني .............................................. 165

Appendix (14): المنسق االعتداء: األول العمود ....................................................................... 168

Appendix (15): الفلسطينية والسلطة إسرائيل: بوست جي مجلة .................................................... 173

XI

List of Abbreviations

CDA Critical Discourse Analysis

DHA Discourse Historical Analysis

JP The Jerusalem Post Newspaper

IPC Israeli Palestinian Conflict

ST Source Text

TS Translation Studies

TT Target Text

1

Chapter One

Introduction

2

Chapter One

Introduction

1.1 Introduction

The world is now rapidly becoming a smaller multi-cultural entity where

different thoughts, practices, and beliefs are promoted through intercultural exchange. In

this era of intercultural communication, translation plays a pivotal role as a means of

mediation amongst nations. As language is never divorced from the social, economic

and political contexts, translation can also never be studied while separated from its

context. Thus, translation has recently become a key factor in any intercultural

communication since “Language, in the absence of translation, comprises a barrier to a

worldwide community of debate and opinion” (Gutiérrez, 2006: 30).

Translation, from the layman’s perspective, can be defined as “a process of

replacing words and expressions in one language by their corresponding words and

expressions in another language” (Schäffner and Bassnett, 2010: 10). The main concern

of the first approaches to translation was the issue of word-for-word vs. sense- for- sense

translation centering more on the faithfulness of the translation product. Functionalist

approaches of the 1970s and 1980s came to start a new era in Translation Studies

rejecting the linguistically oriented approaches (Palumbo, 2009: 50). Functionalist

approaches see translation as a means used not only to transfer into the target language

those linguistic elements prevailing in the source text, but to transfer social and cultural

elements as well. (ibid)

Recently, there has been a new intricate issue busying the minds of scholars from

different fields including translation, which is ideology. Since Translation Studies has

changed its course, from studying the different strategies and techniques, to head

towards focusing more on investigating the constraints that control the translation

process. Such constraints include the social, religious, cultural, and political

backgrounds of either the translators or the institution they work for. Ideology is

generally manifested in language either implicitly or explicitly. Source texts generally

3

have certain ideological implications in the socio-cultural contexts of the audience they

are directed to address.

Hence, political and news translation are considered an ideological activity. In

other words, translators have sometimes to manipulate texts which contain highly

sensitive elements which might be contradictory with what they believe in. This

manipulation is achieved through many different strategies and techniques through

which the translators’ ideology is manifested. Examples of these techniques are deleting,

adding certain elements or even constituting them with some other elements which

might cope with their ideologies. As second authors of texts, translators use certain

discursive strategies that give them the space needed for intervening through injecting

the text with their hidden ideologies, the thing that might change the target audience

perspectives either consciously or unconsciously.

This act of manipulation takes place mainly in news and history translation.

News is a commodity produced and marketed to suit certain target audience; therefore,

translation is a major means by which news is marketed internationally amongst nations.

Schäffner and Bassnett (2010) see that “[media] reports of political events are always

forms of re-contextualization, and any re-contextualization involves transformations”

(2010: 2). To explain more, news is generally ideologically loaded to outfit specific

audience, and it is stuffed with connotations and perspectives not noticeably

apprehended by laymen. Maintaining neutrality in translating texts, which are loaded

with beliefs, perspectives and ideologies is often difficult.

Many translators who work in the news production field are not professionally

trained translators but rather some journalists who are sufficiently competent in both the

source and target language and use this linguistic competence to translate or produce

news in the target language. Because they have no sufficient knowledge of translation

techniques or official certificates on translation, the translation process becomes more

complex. It is also noticeable that they are not generally capable of identifying or

comprehending the discursive strategies manifested in the source texts. Accordingly,

critical discourse analysis (CDA) might help explain such practices and aid translators

with helpful practices that would reveal the ideology of the source text author. CDA

4

attempts at deconstructing texts to enable the translator to identify the lexical,

grammatical, and discursive structures source text authors use to shape the meaning of

the news. According to van Dijk (1997), critical analysis of the texts tries to deconstruct

the text to highlight the invisible fabrication, misinformation, manipulation, misleading

and misinterpretation practiced by some writers, translators or speakers.

1.2 Historical Background of the IPC

1.2.1 The Israeli-Palestinian conflict (IPC) 1917-2000

The Israeli-Palestinian conflict (IPC) started by the Balfour Declaration (1917) in

which the Jews were promised a national home in Palestine. Tension between the

Palestinians and Jews grew and in 1948, conflict escalated by the war, which resulted in

the establishment of the state of Israel and the consequent expulsion of nearly three

quarters of the Palestinian people in what came to be called Al-Nakba (the Catastrophe).

In 1964, the Palestine Liberation Organization (PLO) was founded as the only

organization that represents the Palestinian people in the Diaspora (in the refugee

camps). After that, the tension between the Israelis and the Arabs grew, until Israel and

the Arab countries of Jordan, Syria, and Egypt fought another war in 1967.

After the Arab armies lost the war in 1967, Israel started occupying the

Palestinian territories and building Israeli settlements. After that, Palestinian young

people started the first Intifada in 1987 throwing stones on the Israeli forces. The

Intifada was ended by the peace negotiations, which was agreed upon between the PLO

and the Israeli government. The 1990s major event was the signing of the Oslo Accords.

After that, the second intifada was started up in 2000 to end the Israeli occupation

(Pressman, 2003).

Jawad (2006) explains that Palestinians and Israelis have a long lasting tension

resulting from the forever fight over who the rightful owners of the land are. According

to Pressman (2003), both consider Jerusalem an important site for strengthening their

religious identity. Thus, the image of Israelis will always be a negative one as the

occupiers who came to steal the Palestinians’ lands and Holy sites (ibid, 2003). In this

conflict the Palestinians view themselves as the oppressed and Israelis as the oppressors.

5

1.2.2 The Al-Quds Intifada (2015- now)

According to the Middle East Monitor (2017), since early October, a great wave of

violence between Israelis and Palestinians has erupted in Jerusalem and its surrounding

areas. Some journalists suggested that Israel may be facing a third intifada. Thousands of

Palestinians had been arrested in the Occupied Territories and in Israel since September

2015. The reason behind this escalation of violence is the invasion of Members of the

Israeli Parliament (the Knesset) and Jewish settlers into the Al-Aqsa Mosque along with

heavy army and police presence. This storming into Al Aqsa Mosque led to clashes

between the Palestinian youth and Israelis as well as damaging the mosque. The damage

to Al-Aqsa escalated the situation and led to the start of the Al-Quds Intifada or the

Stabbing Intifada.

According to the Middle East Monitor (2017), since the 14th September 2015,

about 260 Palestinians were killed including 191 men and 12 women of the 260 killed,

and 57 were minors. Brull (2016) explains that in 2016, 12 car ramming attacks and 100

stabbing attacks were banned by Israeli forces. Generally speaking, 344 major attacks

were prevented and 108 attacks were carried out. The Israeli side also arrested over

1,200 Palestinian workers in Israel during the period between October 2015 to

December 2016.

According to Benoist (2016), Ma’an News Agency has recorded the death of 275

individuals from Oct. 1, 2015, to Sept. 30, 2016. 236 of the killed people were

Palestinians (85.8 percent of deaths), 34 were Israeli (12.4 percent), and five (1.8

percent) were foreign nationals -- two Americans, one Eritrean, one Sudanese, and

one Jordanian. According to Ma’an’s records, the average age of the Palestinians who

carried out the attacks was 23. However, most of them were 19 and 20 years old. Those

youth did not belong to any Palestinian organization. They were working without being

affiliated to any organization.

6

1.3 Sampling of the Research

The research was conducted on three news articles from the Jerusalem Post, a

well-known Israeli English newspaper. The articles were gathered throughout the period

15th-20th of July 2017. I collected the articles online using keywords as: Jerusalem, car-

ramming, stabbing, escalation and terrorist attacks. I ended up with three articles from

JP. It is important to note that the starting date of the recent escalation of violence in

Jerusalem and the West Bank is December 2015 and it is still going on till now. The last

days of my research, 15th – 20th of July, 2017 mark the peak of violent events between

the two sides coming in the form of the official closing of Al Aqsa Mosque.

The population of the study was four translators working for local Palestinian

newspapers. These translators were selected on grounds of availability. The sample of

participants, who were asked to do the designed translation assignment, covered a

variety of variables including gender, age, marital status, occupation and translation

experience as well as political and ideological backgrounds.

1.4 About the Jerusalem Post

The Jerusalem Post (JP) is a leading Israeli newspaper which was founded in

1932 during the British Mandate of Palestine by Gershon Agron. It is the largest

English-language daily in Israel. The Jerusalem Post is based in Jerusalem and was first

named as The Palestine Post. In 1950, the name was changed into The Jerusalem Post

(Gaur, 2014). The Jerusalem Post is published in English and French editions. It was

first regarded as left-wing, but in the late 1980s, it shifted to the right wing. Later in

2004, the paper took a centrist position and competed against the left-wing paper,

Ha'aretz. Since the first years of its establishment, The Jerusalem Post (JP) has been

interested in all foreign news. However, a special attention has been given to Arab-

Israeli relations. According to Gaur (2014), the Jerusalem Post daily circulation reached

about 11,000 in Israel and 26,000 in the United States. The French version is also read

by about 3000 readers in France.

7

In 1996, the online newspaper’s website was launched. The JPost.com website’s

team is located in Tel Aviv while the newspaper’s offices are based in Jerusalem. The

JPost.com contains an English and a French language edition, blogs, an e-Paper version

of the daily newspaper, and a number of magazines. It is worth noting that the

JPost.com is among the top 3,000 websites in the United States (Gaur, 2014). Thus, it

can be said that the Jerusalem Post is a newspaper that is widely read by international

audience in the US and other parts of the world. Accordingly, the JP’s team of writers

and editors pay a considerable attention to the language used as well as the image of

Israel and the Israelis that is represented throughout the different forms of news articles

published.

1.5 Statement of the Problem

News translation is one of the most intricate fields of translation as ideology can be

expressed explicitly or implicitly through the discursive techniques used by both the

original author of the source text and the translator. The social, cultural and ideological

backgrounds of the translators are manifested in the target texts and can be traced

through running a textual analysis. In news translation, ideological meaning is expressed

along with the direct semantic meaning. Accordingly, translators face many difficulties

and problems related to what choices to be made at different levels and what ideological

consequences to bring out through their texts. Thus, these ideological traces in

translation would be the main concern of the study focusing on the Palestinian context of

translation.

It is worth noting that the conflict between the Palestinians and the Israeli occupation

forces escalated in 2015. The young people, who started the Intifada, used stabbing,

stone-throwing, and car-ramming as their weapons. The attacks have targeted soldiers,

police, and settlers, most often around the Old City and near West Bank settlements.

During the Intifada (uprising), a great number of Palestinians were killed, and many

more Palestinians were arrested as political prisoners. Israeli media aimed at gaining

more international support. Thus, the Palestinians were depicted as terrorists in the eyes

of the international reader (Dor, 2004). This negative image of the Palestinians was

8

achieved through expressing the suffering of Israelis while discrediting the Palestinians

as violent and terrorists. Thus, Palestinian translators needed to counter the ideology of

the Israeli news reporting through translations of Israeli newspapers. Generally

speaking, the Palestinian translators tend to turn to neutral translation, but in highly

sensitive texts, meanings were negotiated and represented in a way that fits the

expectations of the Palestinian audience (Daraghmeh et.al, 2010). Translators tended to

use certain strategies that give them the space to interfere with the text’s ideology (Ali,

2007; Ashubbak, 2013; Baidoun, 2014; Daraghmeh et.al, 2010).

1.6 Purpose of the Study

The main purpose of this study is to conduct a textual analysis of the translations

made by Palestinian translators in order to investigate the translation strategies used.

Through these translation strategies ideological aspects can be manifested in rendering a

number of highly sensitive political texts chosen from an Israeli newspaper, namely, the

Jerusalem Post. Using Discourse Historical Analysis (DHA), I will analyze the source

texts to highlight the ideological traces of the Israeli authors in the JP. After that,

through a textual analysis, I will try to investigate whether translators altered the

ideological aspects expressed in the original source texts through processes of alterations

at the lexical, grammatical, and discursive levels, which would be reflections of the

translators’ ideologies.

1.7 Significance and Justification of the Study

The expected outcomes of this research in the area of discourse analysis and

translation are of great significance in the field of translation studies, and are expected to

contribute to the field of teaching of translation as well as the field of media and political

translation. They would also be important for translators who deal with such sensitive

texts and are in need for recommendations to aid them in their translation strategies

since the study will not only focus on investigating the translation product, but on the

process of translation as well.

9

It is generally known that the language of the news is subject to the ideology of

the authors as well as the translators. This phenomenon must be investigated in depth

because, in politics, everything reported on sensitive issues can be produced in a way

that serves certain ideological trends. This tendency to load texts with ideological traces

aimed at directing audience towards certain views and agendas. On the surface, some of

the translation products might reveal the message communicated by the author but a

critical analysis would prove the opposite. For this reason, ideology and translation have

become of interest to me. In addition, in the field of translation studies, ideological

alterations have been investigated in general (Hatim, 1997; Mason, 1994, Shunnaq,

1992) while specific aspects of ideological alterations and deviations from the source

text at the lexical, grammatical and discursive levels in the translation of political texts

related to the Palestinian context have received little attention. Moreover, there is a

limited number of translation studies, which used Discourse Historical Analysis to

investigate the ideological traces in both source and target texts covering the Palestinian

issue. Such a shortage of research in the field justifies further investigation in the

subject.

1.8 Research Questions

The study aims at investigating the following questions:

1- To what extent does the coverage by the Jerusalem Post’s reporters of the Al-

Quds Intifada reflect their ideological stance?

2- What are the translation strategies used by Palestinian translators in rendering

highly sensitive Israeli news articles?

1.9. Limitations of the Research

The major limitation of the study is that the findings cannot be generalized to all

the translators in Palestine. This might go back to the fact that the number of the

translators of the sample was only four translators. The four translators, who were

chosen on basis of availability, also have a similar ideological background, the thing that

adds another limitation to the study. It is also limited to the Palestinian translators who

10

work in Gaza and excludes the translators working in the West Bank since they could

not be used as part of the sample.

The discourse examined in the study is socially constructed, which adds another

limitation to the study. In other words, the discourse has multiple meanings.

Furthermore, the research is about the use of language in the Israeli JP newspaper and

Palestinian translation of the three selected articles which adds another limitation to the

study, which is the problem of subjectivity. I was subjective in the interpretation and

selection of news articles in the Al-Quds Intifada sensitive social context. Being a

Palestinian might constitute a problem of the possibility of having a tendency towards

the Palestinian side.

11

Chapter Two

Literature Review

12

Chapter Two

Literature Review

Section (1): Translation Studies and Political Discourse

2.1 Definitions of Translation

The Oxford English Dictionary’s definition of translation is “the action or process of

turning from one language into another; also, the product of this; a version in a different

language” (Oxford English Dictionary, 2018). Gideon Toury (1995, 17) defined

translation as “any target language text which is presented or regarded as such within the

target system itself”. Another traditional definition of translation is Bell’s (1991). He

defines translation as the “expression in another language (or target language) of what

has been expressed in another, source, preserving semantic and stylistic equivalences”

(Bell, 1991: 5). In another definition, Jakobson (1959: 114) defined translation as an

interpretation of verbal signs by means of some other language”.

Translation approaches then moved to focus on the target-oriented method in which

the target readership influences the process of translation. Thus, the notion of

‘equivalence’ became very controversial or as “an obstacle to progress in Translation

Studies” as (Baker, 1997: 77) described it. Schäffner (2004: 136) states that in modern

translation studies (TS), it is no longer a matter of ‘faithfulness’ to the source text and

that the word ‘equivalence’ is now considered ‘dirty’. The main focus of translators and

translation scholars is on “social, cultural, and communicative practices, on the cultural

and ideological significance of translating and of translations, on the external politics of

translation, on the relationship between translation behavior and socio-cultural factors”.

Similarly, Tymoczko (2003) agrees that “translation involves a constant cross-cultural

juxtaposition of text types, communication patterns, and values as well as decision

strategies by individuals” (ibid: 103). Finally, Nord (1997: 28) defines translation as “the

production of a functional TT maintaining a relationship with a given ST that is

specified according to the intended or demanded function of the TT (translation

13

skopos).” Since translation is a communicative act, then it depends on the

communication of words, as well as ideas and cultures.

In conclusion, translation, from the layman’s perspective, can be defined as “a

process of replacing words and expressions in one language by their corresponding

words and expressions in another language” (Schäffner and Bassnett 2010, 10). Even the

main concern of the first approaches to translation was the issue of word-for-word vs.

sense- for- sense translation centering more on the faithfulness of the translation product.

Functionalist approaches of the 1970s and 1980s came to start a new era in Translation

Studies rejecting the linguistically oriented approaches (Palumbo 2009, 50).

Functionalist approaches see translation as a means used not only to transfer into the

target language those linguistic elements prevailing in the source text, but to transfer

social and cultural elements as well.

2.2 Types of Translation: Literal Vs. Free Translation

The debate of using literal or free translation has persisted throughout the history of

translation studies. In fact, it was the prompt of many theories, which emerged in

translation studies. The differentiation between word-for-word (i.e. literal) and sense-

for-sense (i.e.) translations go back to Cicero in his book De optlmo genere oratorurn

cited in Munday (2001) when he explained that he did not translate as an interpreter, but

as an orator instead. In his piece of writing, Cicero explains the difference between the

interpreter and the orator. The interpreter from Cicero’s point of view is the one who

translates literally. In contrast, the orator tries to breathe life in the text and reach his

listeners. To many scholars of translation, sense-for-sense translation allows better for

the content and the sense of the source text to be translated (Munday, 2001:19).

On the other hand, some other translation scholars asserted that literal translation

can be accepted. One of these important scholars is Newmark. To him, “literal

translation is the first step in translation” (Newmark, 1988: 76). He states that literal

translation can be accepted and is sometimes correct “if it secures referential and

pragmatic equivalence to the original” (Newmark, 1988: 68). Opposite to literal

translation, Newmark (1988: 47) called free translation “not translation at all” (ibid).

14

2.3 Cultural Turn in Translation Studies

Two approaches of translation studies exist: the linguistic-oriented studies of

translation and the cultural-oriented descriptive approach. According to Zhang (2012),

the cultural-oriented descriptive approach has been studied and written about intensively

by translation scholars while the linguistic approach has deteriorated. According to

Banhegyi (2014), recently after the ‘cultural turn’ of the early 1990s, Translation Studies

has become more interested in analyzing the translation of political texts, the ideology of

the both the translator and the agency and the power relations involved in the translation

of such texts. Although power can be clearly traced socially among people, language is

also a powerful tool for tracing, obtaining and maintaining power in human

communicative contexts (Fowler, 1985 cited in Banhegyi, 2014). According to Palumbo

(2009), the Cultural Turn in Translation Studies was an attempt at focusing on extra-

textual factors related to cultural context, history and convention not just merely

grammatical and syntactical features of literary texts as cited in Brook (2012). This shift

made the institutions such as publishing houses, newspapers and international news

agencies change their processes of translation.

Translation is recognized by Bassnett and Lefevere (1990:78) as being “a major

shaping force in the development of world culture” since it is affected by the ideologies

of the superior forces in certain cultures. The researchers state that “translation is never

innocent. There is always a context in which translation takes place, always a history

from which a text emerges and into which a text is transposed”.

2.4 Functionalist Approaches to Translation

According to Munday (20001), in functionalist approaches, translation is regarded

as a rendering of the social and cultural specificity of a certain group. News translation

is produced and received with a specific purpose in the mind of the writer and the reader.

Thus, it can not be read as separate from the surrounding conditions of the community.

In other words, functionalist approaches put in consideration not only the texts

themselves, but also the process of writing and rendering them in light with all the

powers and ideologies imposed on the writer, translator and the reader.

15

In maintaining the message of the text as well as the cultural aspects, translators tend

to use communicative approaches of translation. One of these approaches is using

functional equivalence and the principle of equivalent effect suggested by Nida (1964).

In this regard, using formal equivalence may result in a target text, which is literally

identical to the original one while using dynamic equivalence may result in a more

communicative translation. Completely following formal equivalence would lead

sometimes to incomprehensibility. This might go back to the differences between

languages in the various linguistic characteristics.

2.5 Lefever’s Theory of Rewriting

Two general perspectives on translation exist. On one hand, translation may be

regarded as a fake version of the original text. It gives only a fake representation of the

source text, which is the only authentic product of the author’s beliefs and thoughts. On

the other hand, it may be “required to efface its second-order status with transparent

discourse, producing the illusion of authorial presence whereby the translated text can be

taken as the original” as defined by Venuti (2004:7) who asserts the fact that the first

definition of translation results in the translator’s full identification of the author which

leads to a complete absence of self-representation of the translator.

Lefevere (1992:87) views translation as an act of rewriting since translation "has

moved from word to text as a unit, but not beyond without considering the text in its

cultural environment” (Lefevere, 1992: 87). Lefevere (1992) focuses on the relations

that exist between the text and its context and source culture as well as those of the

target culture. Lefevere’s theory of rewriting (1992) mainly goes around the

manipulative strategies through which texts are adapted to suit the new target audience.

According to Lefevere (1992), “any work is not translated in vacuum, which is certainly

manipulated or rewritten in a certain form for a certain reason” (Lefevere, 1992: 14).

Brook (2012) explains that according to Lefevere’s Theory of Rewriting, the

determining forces of ‘patronage’ are central in the media translation processes. The

word ‘patronage’ means “the powers (persons, institutions) that can further or hinder the

reading, writing and rewriting of literature” (1992, 15) and whose “efforts are directed at

16

maintaining the stability of the system”. Lefevere’s study (1992) introduced the term

“rewriting” to replace the term “translation”. It is the influence of ideology on

translation, which is obvious in international news translation. Lefevere (1992) identifies

three components to patronage: The ideological component, the economic component,

and the status component. The three components to patronage, which support the actions

of certain groups are all relevant to international news translation.

2.6 News Translation in Translation Studies

For centuries, translation scholars focused on the dichotomy of word-for-word vs.

sense-for-sense translation. After the cultural turn in translation studies, the focus shifted

to focus on dealing with translation as a target-oriented process, where the target

readership influences the rendering of a source text (Shuping, 2013). One of the major

fields in which translation is considered mainly a target-oriented process is news

translation. Bassnett’s (2006) views on news translation as a field in which processes of

translation should not be seen as “strictly [being] a matter of interlingual transfer of text

A into text B, but also [necessitating] the radical rewriting and synthesizing of text A to

accommodate a completely different set of audience expectations” (ibid: 6). She states

that different aspects regarding news translation are involved in the international news-

gathering and distribution process. Palmer (2009) mentioned in Munday (2013) states

that there are some factors, which affect news translation such as: “who undertakes

translation, in what context and under what physical circumstances translation is

undertaken and for what purposes a text is translated” (Munday, 2013: 186). If all these

aspects are considered, the effect on the target reader becomes significant.

Bassnett (2006) also commented that “news reporting appears to sit somewhere

between translation as we have understood the term and interpreting, and the ways in

which interlingual news reporters work would seem to bear this out” (Bassnett, 2006:

125). In that sense, some translation strategies takes place, mainly those related to

“transediting”, a term that was first introduced by Stetting in her study in 1989, which

are substitution, reorganization, addition and deletion of background information. These

strategies are not traditional translation techniques. They are mainly used not to render

17

the text directly, but to adapt it to meet the expectations of the target audience. Thus, the

perception of a translation as being “a text in one language which is produced on the

basis of a text in another language for a particular purpose” (Williams and Chesterman,

2002: 1) is the most commonly supported in news translation.

Direct translation is not seen as the perfect method for the production of international

news that is written for an English-speaking readership. This key fact is what

distinguished news translation from other branches of translation. In fact, the use of

these strategies is what distinguishes professional translators from others. Schäffner

(2004) points out that “modern Translation Studies is no longer concerned with

examining whether a translation has been “faithful” to a source text [and that] the notion

of “equivalence” is almost a “dirty” word now” (Schäffner, 2004: 136). Brook (2012)

states that defining ‘news translation’ is not an easy task. This is because texts are

rendered in another language and is “adapted to a new readership explicitly according to

ideological reasons mediated by editors” (ibid: 35).

2.7 Ideology and Language

2.7.1 Definition of Ideology

According to Mason (1994: 25), an ideology is “the set of beliefs and values

which inform an individual’s or institution’s view of the world and assist their

interpretations of events, facts, etc.”. Fairclough (1989: 3) explains that ideology appears

clearly in language. Karoubi (2005) states that ideology has had a major influence on

translation long time ago. As for Fawcett (1998), "throughout the centuries, individuals

and institutions applied their particular beliefs to the production of certain effect in

translation". For him, "an ideological approach to translation can be found in some of the

earliest examples of translation known to us" (Fawcett, 1998: 106-107). For Hatim and

Mason (2005: 67), ideology involves "the tacit assumptions, beliefs, and value systems

which are shared collectively by social group".

18

2.7.2 Ideology and the Media

According to Luostarinen (2002), people tend to be persuaded by the news,

which in turn manipulate language and events since they have the power of giving a

different meaning whether they promote peace or war. In the meantime, electronic and

visual media help journalists influence the public and direct the international

concentration towards hatred and violence against a certain group as stated by

Luostarinen (2002). Brook (2012) sees translation as a hidden factor for international

news to be successful as a marketable commodity. News is a commodity that is traded

between a wide range of producers and receivers. Translation is a common practice

when it comes to international news. In this sphere, news translation- since it is loaded

with connotations, hidden ideologies and perspectives - involves these more than any

other kind of translation (Thomson & White, 2008). It is not merely “a process of

replacing words and expressions in one language by their corresponding words and

expressions in another language” (Schäffner and Bassnett, 2010: 35)

Since war times tend to be sensitive periods, media plays a major role in political

systems and “ideological acknowledgment between the dominant and the dominated

groups” (Bazzi, 2009: 19). He adds that this suggests that media can be “manipulated” to

represent certain ideological context and perspective of “in groups and out groups”. In

his article Muting the Alarm Over the Israeli-Palestinian Conflict, Slater (2007) states

that both Israelis and Palestinians use media as a weapon during the war. The two sides

are aware of the important role played by media in politics. Both sides aim at depicting

the other as a victimizer to gain international support. As for the Palestinian side, they

focus on presenting the rapidly increasing number of martyrs and causalities along with

touching photos of them to convince the world to help and intervene to reach a solution

that may stop or hinder the Israeli forces. They might also present the suffering of the

homeless Palestinians to convince donors to provide them with aids for living.

2.7.3 Ideology and Media Discourse

Van Dijk (2001) indicates that media discourse tends to reflect the adopted political

views of the “political actors”. He adds that media can decide the events to be reported,

19

the tone to be used, and the linguistic lexicon to be used; therefore, many versions of the

same event might exist according to the political perspective to be adopted. According to

Van Dijk (1995: 243), racism is widespread and the events are sometimes intensified or

marginalized in the media language discourse. Media supports the dominant side

because certain constraints are imposed to follow the elite or the superior party. This can

be done through intensifying the negative attributes of the out-group and mitigating their

positive side as well as intensifying the positive side of the in-group and mitigating their

negative side (Abdul Latif & Majelan, 2014). The persuasive power of the media is

effective if its reporting is consistent with the interests of most readers.

In his book Down There and Up Here, Eide (2002) explains that ideology is

manifested clearly in the political discourse through the expression of ‘Othering’ which

he defines as the way “imperial discourse creates its others”( Eide,2002: 23). According

to Egorova & Parfitt (2002), the issue of othering stems from feeling of hatred and

conflict between two parties striving to establish their identity, distance themselves from

the other, and gain international support. Accordingly, this can be done through

emphasizing the differences between ‘us’ and the ‘other’. Therefore, the issue of

othering is a main weapon of war in politics through language. To quote Ottosen (1995:

97), it is common “to exaggerate the differences in order to demonize the other and to

portray the conflict in terms of good-us - vs. evil- them. A key indicator of Othering is

the use of terminology and the choice foregrounding or back-grounding”.

2.8 Ideology and Translation

Ideologies can be seen as a decisive element, which should be taken in

consideration when analyzing political translations. This goes back to the fact that the

translators’ beliefs and ideological motives affect their selections on the lexical,

structural and semantic levels. A similar perspective is pointed out by Stawicki (2009)

who states that there might be a strong relation between translation and politics, which is

clear the choice of some words over others, and the choice of the events to be reported,

as well as the choice of the discursive strategies that should be employed. Ideology can

also be reflected through the use of “addition, removal or attenuation of the connotations

20

present in the source text” (Stawicki, 2009: 66). Loupaki (2010) points out that

translators tend to “reproduce the norms shared by their community” by reorganizing the

sentence on the lexical and the structural level.

Zonoozi (2009) states that translators use re-labelling (reframing) through

modifying the name of an organization, for example. If translators, editors or journalists

have the latitude to “change the original label into another label conveying different

connotations, these connotations will modify the expression of the author’s point of

view” (Zonoozi, 2009: 89). She explains that translation is all a matter of perspective. In

other words, when two different or opposite words are substituted, this can change the

perspective from which the events, persons or organizations in the source text were seen

into the perspective of the translator.

The notion of visibility and invisibility of the translator has been moderately

discussed by the scholars of translation studies. According to Venuti (2004) the

invisibility of the translator occurs when the translator “fluent style that supports an

illusion of original authorship (the author’s face, not the translator’s, would appear on

the metaphorical coin”. Venuti (2004) holds that the successful translator is an

‘illusionist’ who inserts his personal perspective within the deep surface of the text, but

also does not vividly appear as a new author of the text.

In modern translation studies, the visibility of the translator has became a term

that is directly related to the intervention done by the translators to manipulate texts to

be more suitable to target readership. Translators’ historical and cultural ideologies can

also interfere with the translation, especially in the branch of political news translation.

In that sense, translators “shape readers’ understanding of, and attitude to, political

events through the translators’ interpretation of events surfacing in target texts”

(Banhegyi, 2014: 147). In modern actual translation practice, translators tend to pay

attention not only to their own understanding but also to the cultural context of the

source text rather than the linguistic code of the text. According to Ali (2007), most

translators try to put the “ideological implication” in consideration. They should even

“negotiate” the thoughts of the author. However, “the invisibility of the translator

becomes relative, especially if the text is of a high sensitive nature” (Ali, 2007:24).

21

In maintaining the message of the international news items as well as the cultural

aspects, translators tend to use communicative approaches of translation to be able to

include their own interpretation (Karoubi, 2005). In this regard, using formal

equivalence may result in a target text which is literally identical to the original one

while using dynamic equivalence may result in a more communicative translation.

Completely following formal equivalence would lead sometimes to incomprehensibility.

This might go back to the differences between languages in the various linguistic

characteristics. The translator has to maintain some adjustments to convey the message

behind the source text cohesively. This also applies to the lexical level where sometimes

there is no equivalent word in the target language for every word in the source language.

By doing so, the translator also has more latitude to interfere with the text adding his

own ideologies implicitly or explicitly.

2.8.1 Translation as Mediation

The term mediation has become a major interest in cultural and translation

studies (Zarate et al. 2004). In this regard, intercultural mediation helps in increasing the

intercultural communication of values, norms, practices among cultures (Liddicoat and

Scarino, 2013). (Alred and Byram, 2002) hold that the implications of cultural items and

concepts determine meaning across cultures. Fitzgerald (2002: 45) states that

intercultural mediation was made in terms of “solving the problems of intercultural

communication” and that intercultural mediation is accountable for “reifying” and

“normalizing” misinterpretations across languages and cultures. Buttjes (1991) clarifies

that there are three main elements of mediation, which are the recognition of cultural

items and concepts, the ability to negotiate meaning, and the ability to make

comparisons of cultures. Similarly, Byram (2002) explains that mediation is all about

“the ability to make the strange familiar and the familiar strange”.

The role of mediation in translation studies has been emphasized by Katan

(2004) who assumes that translation is a process of mediation explicitly and implicitly.

He means that translation is not only about languages’ direct meanings, but also about

the hidden communicative message implied within texts. Thus, the role of the translator

22

in no longer deemed a transformational one among languages, but rather an intercultural

mediator amongst cultures. Accordingly, the translator should be aware to go beyond the

straight meaning of languages and realize he needs to communicate the hidden meanings

of the texts (Liddicoat, 2016). Katan (2004) argues that “the heart of the mediator’s task

is not to translate texts but to translate cultures and help strangers give new texts

welcome.” Lumbera (2014: 89) holds that any written text constitutes a number of

ideologies and interests of one community that need to be transmitted to another. In this

context, the translator may face some sensitive cases in dealing with the source text.

2.8.2 The Role of translators as Mediators

In the processes of international news gathering, a journalist has a role as a

cultural mediator. He is the person “who facilitates communication, understanding, and

action between persons or groups who differ with respect to language and culture”

(Taft,1981) cited in Munday (2013). Hatim and Mason define translation as “a dynamic

process of communication” (1990, 223). We can identify ways in which a translator can

be considered a mediator according to this definition. These ways are applicable in the

context of international news gathering and broadcasting. They see that the translator has

a ‘bi-cultural’ vision through which he can identify and resolve the difference between

cultures.

In Bassnett’s (2002) point of view, the translator is a “liberator” who liberates the

readers from the boundaries of the ST. The translator paves the road to the readers to be

able to fully comprehend the direct message as well as the embedded messages in the

text. According to Bassnett (2002), the method that the translator decides to use is the

thing that decides his classification either as a normal literal translator who is invisible in

his translation or as a ‘creative writer’ who bridges cultures.

Niranjana (1992) and Tymoczko (2003) have considered the translator as a

visible interventionist who is visible in the shaping of meaning rather than being the

previously perceived invisible provider. In the context of international news production,

the shaping of meaning which affects people complicated the concept of power.

Translation now plays an intentional role as an influential factor to this phenomenon.

23

The notion of equivalence and dynamic equivalence in particular seems to be different in

Niranjana's Sitting Translation (1992) where she uses the term ‘interpellation’ to refer to

the “subjection of a given people by the discourse of the colonizers, depicting an inferior

view of that people”. She disapproves using the earlier assumptions of translation where

it was supposed to be only about rendering words while the meaning is fixed. Niranjana

called for “a strategy of discarding the power of the colonizer's language. In other words,

she called for resistance through re-translation.” (Niranjana, 1992: 48).

After politics has become an international activity, translators found themselves

playing the role of mediators in political conflict. Hence, Tang (2007) sees that

awareness-raising should be an important part of translation training, for which even

more extensive research is necessary as cited in Banhegyi (2014). Translators should be

tackling situations of conflicts rather than simply avoiding them. Pérez (2007: 59)

explains that translators “may easily reach and create points of problem settlement with

the help of their translations through focusing on consensus” or can modify

disagreements to “achieve long-lasting benefits”.

24

Section (II): Empirical studies on News Translation

2.9 Empirical Studies on Discourse Historical Analysis

In “A Critical Analysis of Anti-Islamisation and Anti-immigration Discourse: The

Case of the English Defense League and Britain First”, Abdel Kader (2016) examines

the use of discursive strategies by the English Defense League (EDL) and Britain First,

which are two far-right movements in Britain. The texts under analysis deal with

immigration and what the two movements term as the “Islamisation of Britain”. The

study investigates how the in-groups and out-groups are framed through employing

different discursive strategies of social representation. The researcher used the Discourse

Historical Approach (DHA) to reveal how both represent themselves as defenders of the

British society and represents the others as a burden on the British society. Immigrants

and Muslims are represented as the ‘out-group’ by the two movements. The DHA

approach uncovered the reality of how the discourse used by the two movements is

organized by a global strategy of positive self- and negative other-presentation.

The DHA of the corpus of the study reveals that, to achieve this negative portrayal of

the ‘out-group’, collective terms were used to represent the Muslims such as ‘the other

group’, ‘they’, British Muslims’, ‘the Muslim population’ or ‘the Muslim society’. In

contrast, both movements used deixis as a means to represent the in-group through using

the pronouns ‘us’, ‘we’, and ‘our’, for example. Moving to the predication strategy,

both movements used predicative adjectives such as “undemocratic” to describe

Muslims in their mission statements. The analysis of the corpus of the study showed that

the two movements represented the out-group negatively giving the readers the feeling

that Islam is sneaking into British life. The DHA showed also how the movements used

two different topoi to justify and legitimize what could be seen unfair against “the

other”. This legitimization was established using the topos of usefulness to view the in-

group as a party that is protecting the British values in contrast to the ‘aspirations of

radical Islam’. The topos of threat was used to describe the radical Islam as a danger,

and the topoi of numbers was used to view immigrants as another danger that drains the

British resources.

25

Žižková (2012) analyzes the representation of refugees, immigrants and asylum

seekers in the British press in her study “New Racism in the British Press”. The research

studies how the new racism is represented on the level of meaning, argumentation

strategies and linguistic representation using the Discourse Historical Approach. The

corpus of the study were articles from two British newspapers, namely the Guardian and

the Telegraph. The study argues that the representation in the Telegraph is more

negative and racist when compared to the Guardian. The DHA revealed how the new

racism is subtle and is based mainly on cultural differences. The Discourse Historical

Approach, used in this study, deals with the issues of power, discrimination and racism.

The DHA analysis was performed to provide a broad idea of how the new racism is

manifested on different levels in the political discourse of the two British newspapers.

It was found from the analysis that the Guardian reported articles on the treatment of

immigrants and refugees, their safety and protection, whereas the main topics in the

Telegraph were related to the Human Rights Act and the inability to deport foreign

criminals. As for the nomination strategy, it was found that the Guardian tends to

categorize the participants in terms of their origin such as (Palestinian, Cameroonian,

Nigerian). On the other hand, the Telegraph labels the social actors negatively on basis

of criminality (rapist, fraudster, killer). As far as the level of argumentation strategies is

concerned, the analysis. The analysis discussed some other strategies, which were used

for the negative representation of the social actors, such perspectivation or mitigation.

Depersonalization was also used in the Guardian through their choice of illustration

photographs. This thesis showed that the new racism is often manifested very subtly, and

that the news discourse needs to be analyzed critically. The researcher recommends that

the strategies of positive self- and negative other representation need to deconstructed to

be understood and thus, countered effectively. The researcher concludes by saying that

“the new racism might be discursive but its effects on people are no less real”.

In her research “The Gaza Conflict 2013 and Ideologies of Israeli and Palestinian

Media: A Critical Discourse Analysis”, Baidoun (2014) investigates texts in two Israeli

and two Palestinian media sources. The corpus of the study analyzed articles reported

during the violence against Gaza in 2013. The study aimed at disclosing how ideology

26

influences media coverage of the Israeli-Palestinian conflict. This study compares the

language of the Israeli and Palestinian media. In addition, it compares between the

language employed by Hamas owned newspapers and the independent ones. It studies

language is affected by ideology using Discourse Historical Analysis of articles from

two local Israeli online newspapers, namely Haaretz and The Jerusalem Post as well as

articles from two Palestinian online newspapers, namely Maan News Agency and Al

Ray.

The analysis of the texts examined in the study revealed how media represented

social actors either positively or negatively to create distance between the two groups.

The study also revealed that there is a great difference between the portrayal of the

Israeli characters in Hamas owned media, Al Ray, and the independent owned media,

Maan. In addition, there was a great difference between Haaretz and the JP which were

totally different in their style of reporting the ongoing conflict. The analysis showed that

media discourse play an important role in times of conflict. The analysis also showed

that there is a unified message of the Israeli media, which is that the Palestinians are the

violent ‘other’. Both newspapers write from the Israeli point of view. Accordingly, they

both manipulated the events to gain more support. This manipulation affected the

discourse to make it convincing that all what Israel does is considered as a self-defense

act. They also viewed the Palestinians negatively through the use of the strategy of

predication through which negative traits were attributed to the Palestinian side. The

study also showed that there is a difference in Maan and Al Ray view of Israel. In

conclusion, the role of the Israeli and Palestinian media was evident in the conflict in

Gaza through choosing certain events to be reported and also manipulating the language

and the details of the news stories.

2.10 Empirical Studies on Ideology in News Translation

In their study “A Critical Discourse Analysis of Political Ideology and Control

Factors in News Translation”, Shojaei and Laheghi (2012) studies the impact of

ideology and power on news translation. The researcher analyzed English articles from

the Wall Street Journal as well as their Farsi translation rendered by JAAM-E-JAM

27

newspaper. JAAM-E-JAM newspaper is a Persian newspaper, which writes in line with

the Iranian government and against the west. The study is conducted in different levels,

namely word, sentence and discourse level. Shojaei and Laheghi’s study (2012) revealed

that there are some factors in translating a text influencing the target texts. Political

ideology is one of the control factors, which puts some constraints on the work of the

translator. Through their paper, Shojaei and Laheghi (2012) list some imposing factors

and describes the strategies translators might apply to overcome them. The researchers

used critical discourse analysis (CDA) approach to textual analysis comparing some

Iranian newspaper articles with their related translations to investigate imposing factors

in the process of translation, the thing that directs the translator toward certain

translational strategies.

The outcomes of Shojaei and Laheghi’s study (2012) were that some intentional and

purposeful changes in word orders of sentences, or even reorganizing sentence orders in

a paragraph cause a dramatic shift in meaning. Some control factors such as

governments, political parties or publishers, etc. might have contributed to the

manipulation, which took place in the translations under study. In some cases, the

personal ideology of the person himself was the major factor. Moreover, different

ideologies and control powers completely change the meanings of texts. In such cases,

rewriting is carried out within the framework of the target language, culture and

ideology of the target readership.

Azodi (2015) studies factors which impose their impact on the translation process

such as ideology in his study entitled as “The Impact of Ideology on Translation of

News Stories”. The purpose of his study, in which he uses critical discourse analysis

(CDA) approach to conduct a textual analysis, is to inspect the effect of ideology on

rendering English texts into Persian in 2012. The corpus of the study consisted of some

pieces of English news stories in Reuters, Washington Post, New York Post, and Forbes

about Iran’s nuclear program. Results of the study revealed that ideology is the very

important motive, which controls and directs the reporting of the news stories translated

from English to Persian. The study also revealed that the translators manipulated news

28

stories to meet the expectations of the target audience. Those translators were moved by

their own ideological frames as well as those of the newspaper itself.

Maasoum, Mahdiyan, and Rahbar (2013) study the ideological assumptions which

are implied in the rendering of political texts to uncover the links between translation

and ideology in their study “Applying Critical Discourse Analysis in Translation of

Political Speeches and Interviews”. They analyzed President Bush speeches regarding

the Iranian nuclear program. The data consisted of English STs and Persian TTs. The

results of their study were focused on the showing how CDA of the ST and TT makes

the translator aware of a number of items, namely the power relations between social

actors, the ideological constraints of news production, as well as the limitations that limit

their work as translators. According to Maasoum, et. al. (2013), most of the participants

of the study did not pay attention to these items in the text. Accordingly, this has created

literal translations, which may result in mistranslations in the TL. These findings assure

that ST alone is not enough to provide the sufficient information about the embedded

power and ideological connotations in the political texts. Hence, this asserts that CDA is

a useful tool through which translators can perform a critical analysis of the ST before

they start translating it.

Ayyad (2012) examines the relations between ideology and translation based on

studying the Roadmap Peace Plan. In his study, Ayyad (2012) used Critical Discourse

Analysis (CDA) to analyze the translations of the Roadmap Peace Plan into Arabic,

which were produced by CNN, the United Nations, the US Department of State, Al-

Quds Newspaper, and a Palestinian online network Almtym. The Hebrew translations

were translated by the Israeli parliament the Knesset, the Israeli peace movement Peace

Now, as well as two Israeli newspapers, which are Haaretz and Yediot Ahronot. The

study identifies regularities and deviations in the different versions of translation.

Ayyad’s study (2012) explained that there were deviations in the translations with

reference to the social, political, and ideological constraints of text production. Thus,

Ayyad (2012) concluded that the use of omissions, additions, and semantic shifts in the

translation of ideologically sensitive keywords was intensive to adapt the text to the

target readers’ expectations.

29

Djedei (2014) tries to identify relationship between political discourse and ideology

through conducting a Political Discourse Analysis (PDA). Djedei (2014) uses the

translation of an article written by Stephen Kaufman about the speech of John Kerry as

the sample of his study, which is about the negotiation between Israelis and Palestinians

in order to reach a final peace plan. The main purpose of the study is using PDA to

analyze the translated texts lexically and investigate the extent to which lexical choices

are affected by the translators' ideologies.

Djedei’s study (2014) “Ideology in Translating Political Discourse” revealed that

the translator may face some difficulties in rendering political articles. Ideology may

affect the target text unconsciously and the only way to suppress it is to critically

analyze the source text and the target text to identify the dominant ideological aspects

and then try not to deviate from the source text. The analysis showed that the translator

was, in some cases, too extreme in his rendering to push the target reader to sympathize

with Palestinians. The translator interfered in the source text reveal his ideology to gain

more sympathy with the Gaza Strip. Djedei (2014) concludes by commenting that

translating political discourse is a very problematic area since it is loaded with sensitive

texts. Moreover, experienced translators are influenced by their ideological beliefs and

motives, culture and religion.

2.11 Empirical Studies on Translation Strategies

In his study “The Impact of Ideology on Rendering News Items among Arab

Translators”, Ashubbak (2013) investigates a crucial issue on translation, which is

related to the strategies used by translators of ideologically-loaded texts. The study aims

at discovering the impact of ideology on translation strategies used in news translation

done by Arab translators. The participants of the study were fifty students majoring in

English language and literature and enrolling in MA program in two universities, which

are Petra Private University and Middle East University in the academic year 2012-

2013. Ashubbak (2013) uses a translation test in which sensitive items where taken from

articles reported by four important news agencies namely the BBC, AFP, Reuters, and

France 24.

30

Results of the study showed that the translators in the Arab world intervened in the

source texts in their translations. The results also indicated that managing was explicit

through the use of deletion, addition, and mediation (distortion). In addition, when

translators use those strategies, a different ideology will be presented. Ashubbak (2013)

analyzed the translators’ renderings of the specific sensitive, ideologically loaded

expressions to check their deviations from the source text as in investigating the

rendering of “West Bank”. Some translators rendered it directly as “الضفة الغربية” while

the majority of the translators rendered it as “الضفة الغربية المحتلة”. Adding the word ‘the

occupied’ is an intervention from the side of the translators, which clearly reflects their

own ideology, which they could not suppress. This kind of intervention is dependent on

“the translator's view points, his/her sociocultural background compared to the audience,

and the policy of the institution for which he/she works” (Ashubbak, 2013: 162).

Ashubbak (2013) points out that although news agencies have their own strategies used

in the process of reporting events, translators' own perspectives and attitudes are also

manifested in the text they translate through the strategies they use to manipulate the

highly sensitive political texts.

In their paper, ‘The Visibility of the Translator: A Case Study of the Palestinian

Translator’ ElHaj Ahmed & Shabana (2017) studied the strategies used in rendering

highly sensitive news items with special focus on the visibility of the Palestinian

translator. The study shows how ideology directs translators to use certain strategies in

their translation as a weapon of resistance to counter the ideology implied in the

occupier's discourse. Thirty participants of translation students at the English Language

department at IUG were given a translation assignment. The test consisted of highly

sensitive terms to be translated in context. The researchers also used a questionnaire

administered to MA translation students to tackle the issues of visibility, ideology, and

neutrality in translation.

According to the researchers (2017), the Palestinian translator was visible in the

translation of highly sensitive texts since they opted to use plenty of translation

strategies, which helped them interfere in the source text to leave their own footprints.

The majority of the translators preferred to use deletion as a strategy for dealing with

31

some sensitive terms. In other cases, they did not use the denotative meaning of the

sensitive terms. Instead, they insisted on making sure they interfere with the text to make

their ideologies visible to the audience substituting the denotative meaning by other

ideologically emotive terms to uncover the ugly reality of the occupation. Thus, the

study revealed that a number of strategies, namely omission, addition, and substitution,

were used by the Palestinian translators to manipulate the source texts and counter the

ideology expressed in the Israeli source texts.

Daraghmeh, et al (2010) explain two of the most basic strategies used by journalists

to express their perspectives as well as those of the target readers which are managing

and emotive lexis. The researchers made a comparison between the Israeli original ST

and the Arabic translated version. In their analysis of the target texts, the researchers

focused on the terms that are considered sensitive or challenging for the Palestinian

translators. According to the researchers (2010), many strategies are used by Palestinian

translators in rendering any Israeli news report. In rendering the source text, the

translators intervened through using ‘dynamic equivalence’ to meet the expectations and

ideologies of the target readers. Some translators used addition and substitution for

items, which are considered highly sensitive. The study also showed that transformation

is another strategy that can be used to make the TT more appropriate for the target

audience. According to (Daraghmeh et.al., 2010:18), translators also tend to use cliché

evaluative words in some cases to show respect to the ideology of their target readers.

Based on the results of the study, it was found that maximal mediation is used in all of

the translated versions. The translators intervened in the message “not only by feeding

their feelings, but also by diverting the content of the original” (Daraghmeh, et al, 2010:

26).

Ali (2007) explores the application of ''managing'' and ''emotiveness with special

reference to the production and translation of highly sensitive news texts. The sample of

the study are three main news articles chosen from two Israeli newspapers, which are

Haaretz and Jerusalem Post, covering Israel's incursion into the Gaza Strip. The texts

were intensively analyzed to examine how Israeli reporters report and manipulate the

events. Certain translated articles are studied and compared to show the deviations of the

32

translators. The researcher also designed a content-based questionnaire which was

administered by fifteen graduate students in the MA Program of Applied Linguistics and

Translation at An Najah National University in Nablus. The study shows how writers of

Israeli newspapers use plenty of manipulative strategies in covering the violence on the

Gaza Strip in 2006. The researcher explores the ways translators deal with sensitive

news reports, which are ideologically-loaded.

Ali’s study (2007) revealed that Israeli reporters use the language of the superior

colonialists who view Palestinians as inferior using a wide range of negative images.

They easily modify their discourse in order to depict Palestinians as terrorists and

control the international readers’ point of view. In other words, they aim at representing

the Palestinians as ‘the terrorists’ and Israelis as ‘self-defenders'. Ali (2007) sees that the

successful translator in general is the one who can smoothly use both formal and

dynamic equivalence when rendering both the words and the sense of the ST. Ali (2007)

states that Palestinian translators use plenty of strategies in rendering any news story of

Palestinians killed in Gaza war using the lexis, narrative, argument, and style that reflect

their own ideology and affect the target readership to view the Israelis as victimizers

rather than ‘defense forces’. By doing so, the translators intervene in the text to change

the representation of the other (Israelis) from being defenders into being occupiers. In

rendering news which attacks the Palestinians or represents them as ‘assailants’ as

claimed by IDF and Israeli media, the Palestinian translators used the cliché emotive

expressions to suspect the credibility of the news like the word to assure the fact that it is

untrue or incredible.

Based on the studies previously mentioned, it can be said that this study can be

considered a significant one due to the fact that the Palestinian people is now living a

unique period of resistance where they now take effective and active steps to defend

Jerusalem and the Holy Lands. The different characteristic of this new uprising is that

the Israeli media is now reporting real harmful events where the Palestinian youth have

really affected the Israeli public. The Palestinian media, on the other hand, is now

reporting events of effective resistance not just instances of Palestinians suffering from

the Israeli atrocities. Due to the change in the language and the style of both the Israeli

33

and the Palestinian media, this study will play a pivotal role in highlighting the

discursive strategies used by the Israeli as well as the translation strategies used by the

Palestinian translators to counter the ideology embedded in the Israeli source texts and

insert their own ideologies in the target texts.

34

Chapter Three

Methodology

35

Chapter Three

Methodology

Introduction

This chapter covers the methodology and the procedures used in this study. It also

describes the sample, the research instruments, research design and data analysis.

3.1 Population and Sample of the Study

The population of the study is the Palestinian translators who work in the field of

political translation. I selected a sample of four professional translators on grounds of

availability. The sample of participants, who were asked to do the translation

assignment, covered a variety of variables including gender, age, marital status,

occupation and translation experience as shown in Table (1) below:

Table (3.1): Demographic and Social Characteristics of the translators

Variable Options

Gender Male Female

3 1

Age 20s 30s 40s 50s

2 2 - -

Marital status Married Single

2 2

Occupation Professional translator Freelance Translator

3 1

Translation

Experience 1 or less year 2-5 years

6-9

years

10 and above

years

- 2 2

36

3.2. Instruments of the Study

A translation assignment that was given to four Palestinian translators who work for

local Palestinian newspapers, namely Al Ray and Al Risala was used as the instrument

of this study. Only one translator is a freelance translator who has translated for Al

Jazeera English and Gaza Capital Studios (GCS).

3.3 Corpus of the Study

For achieving the objectives of the study, I relied on analyzing the translations

produced by the sample of the study as well as analyzing the selected news reports

written in English in an Israeli daily newspaper, namely, the Jerusalem Post (JP). The

materials collected from the JP are three articles covering the events of the Al-Quds

Intifada during the fifteen months between September, 2015 till December 2016. The

articles were gathered throughout the period 15th-20th of July 2017. I collected the

articles online using keywords as: Jerusalem, car-ramming, stabbing, escalation and

terrorist attacks. I worked on two dimensions of analysis, the Discourse Historical

Analysis (DHA) of the source texts as well as the textual analysis of the target texts. The

analysis of the target texts rendered by the participants of the study focused on certain

features that may be indicative to utilizing ideologies in translation. Such features are

explained by Stetting (1989) in his model of translation strategies.

3.4. Data Analysis

I analyzed the translated texts rendered by the participants of the study as well as

the source texts themselves. The news reports, selected to be translated, were dealing

with sensitive issues in Palestine. Such issues focused mainly on the recent clashes in the

West Bank which included car-ramming, stabbing, murdering, arresting and killing.

3.4.1. Discourse Historical Analysis (DHA) of the Source Texts

Discourse is defined as language in use, whether it is spoken or written, and as a

form of social practice while the term Critical Discourse Analysis (CDA) concerns

“language as a social practice” (Fairclough, 2003; Fairclough and Wodak, 1997). In his

37

book, Theory and Practice in Critical Discourse Analysis, Luke (2002) defines critical

discourse analysis as a “contemporary approach to the study of language and discourses

in social institutions. It focuses on how social relations, identity, knowledge and power

are constructed through written and spoken texts in communities” (Luke, 2002: 56).

CDA does not only focus on analyzing any given text, but also describing all the

linguistic features it has. It focuses on the way language shapes social and political

ideologies, which are represented and reproduced by texts and discourse. Language is

both “socially representative, constitutive as well as socially shaped and shaping and

CDA has a keen emancipatory objective” (Wodak & Meyer, 2001:96). The main

objective of Critical Discourse Analysis is to judge how the discourse is reproduced in a

particular way through which the ideology of the writer is represented.

CDA aims at critically examining social, political, economic and cultural

discrimination. Aschale (2013) states that CDA investigates the unbalanced distribution

of social activities, subjects, and their social relations, instruments, objects, time and

place, forms of consciousness, values, discourse, money, wisdom, possessions,

technology, control, academic intelligence, verbal abilities, age, knowledge, literacy,

common sense, etc. which are related because they are represented by language use.

Aschale (2013) states that CDA has moved from focusing on what has been said

and focuses instead on how and why discourse is represented trying to figure out why a

speaker/writer chooses to use certain expressions rather than others through the text

interpretation and explanation. Fairclough (1995) sees CDA as an approach that is

designed to investigate the relationships between “discursive practices and the social

structures” in which they are employed. CDA sees that the relationship is not usually

open to the reader/listener. Aschale (2013) explains this by claiming that CDA seeks to

“unpack the causal and determinative relation existing between the two” (Aschale, 2013:

6).

Discourse Historical Approach (DHA) falls under the umbrella of CDA

investigating discourses beyond sentence level. Many methodological concepts and

toolkits in DHA are commonly used in other approaches of CDA. Particularly speaking,

there are some principles, which characterize DHA illustrated by Wodak (2015).

38

According to Wodak (2015), DHA is problem oriented, involves both theory and

practice, could be applied in a number of fields, takes the historical context in

consideration, and includes flexible tools that can be modified to suit the discourses

under examination.

3.4.1.1. Key Principles of DHA

There are three dimensions of DHA is starting from identifying the specific

topics of a specific discourse then investigating discursive strategies and finally

examining the linguistic means and realizations (Reisigl & Wodak, 2015; Wodak, 2009).

To conduct a thorough Discourse Historical Analysis, a researcher has to identify the

macro-topics and subtopics of the text. In addition, it is necessary to understand the aim

of the text producer through asking questions like: Does the speaker intend to convince

somebody and thus to realize a persuasive text? Or to tell a story? Or to select a more

factual mode and report an incident?

The aim of the text producer is the stimulant of using different linguistic,

rhetorical, and pragmatic strategies to convey the intended message. Some of these

strategies are especially used when the aim of the discourse is the construction and

representation of “us” and “them”. Accordingly, Wodak (2015) suggests that one could

ask these five questions: how social actors are described?, what negative/positive

qualities are attributed to them?, how are they referred to?, from what perspective is this

representation introduced?, and finally are the social events mitigated or intensified?

Based on these five questions, Wodak (2015) suggests adopting certain strategies

in analyzing any text or related texts. A strategy is a plan of practices employed to a goal

whether it was social, political, psychological, or even linguistic. Table (3.2) lists the

important strategies and related linguistic devices. These strategies are referential or

nomination, predication, argumentation, perspectivization or framing (discourse

representation), and intensification or mitigation. These strategies are used at the

grammatical, lexical and discursive levels of texts; hence, they should be paid enough

attention if the researcher aims at uncovering the real face of the text and text producer.

39

Table (3.2): A selection of discursive strategies (Wodak, 2015: 8)

Strategy Objectives Devices

Referential/

nomination

Discursive construction of

social actors, objects/

phenomena/ events, and

processes/ actions

membership categorization devices, deictics,

anthroponyms, etc./ tropes such as metaphors,

metonymies, and synecdoches / verbs and

nouns used to denote processes and actions

Predication

Discursive qualification of

social actors, objects,

phenomena/

events/processes, and

actions

stereotypical, evaluative attributions of

negative or positive traits (e.g., in the form of

adjectives, appositions, prepositional phrases,

relative clauses, conjunctional clauses,

infinitive clauses, and participial clauses or

groups)/ explicit predicates or predicative

nouns/ adjectives/pronouns

Argumentation Justification and

questioning of Fallacies

topoi (formal or more content-related)

Perspectivization,

framing, or

Discourse

representation

Positioning speaker’s or

writer’s

point of view and

expressing

involvement or distance

Deictics/ direct, indirect or free indirect

speech/ quotation marks, discourse

markers/particles/ Metaphors/ animating

prosody/ other

Intensification,

mitigation

Modifying (intensifying or

mitigating) the

illocutionary force and

thus the epistemic

or deontic status of

utterances

diminutives or augmentatives/ (modal)

particles, tag questions, subjunctive,

hesitations, vague expressions, etc.

hyperboles, litotes/ indirect speech acts (e.g.,

question instead of assertion)/ verbs of saying,

feeling, thinking/ other

3.4.1.2 Key Concepts of DHA

As the DHA is problem oriented (Wodak, 2015), the historical context should be

taken into account. While interpreting the chosen corpora of articles in this study, the

context of the Israeli-Palestinian conflict is vital. Historical orientation facilitates linking

texts and discourses together looking into interdiscursivity and intertextuality amongst

40

texts, in addition to re-contextualizing of certain events, facts, or discourses (Wodak,

2009). Furthermore, as DHA is problem oriented and focuses on the unequal distribution

of power, then discourse historical studies should be interdisciplinary linking texts not

only to the context of production, but also to distribution and reception contexts. Hence,

the main concepts of DHA are discourse, text, intertextuality, recontextualization,

and interdiscursivity.

A. Discourse

Discourse is generally defined as any written or spoken material for

communication which describes the relationship between the discursive event and the

context or the social structure that frames it or is framed by it (Fairclough, 1999). Hence,

texts should not be studied in isolation, but rather through emerging them with their

social, political, and ideological context. Accordingly, new notions will emerge through

the processes of intertextuality and interdiscursivity (Krzyzanowski, 2010). Reisigl and

Wodak (2015) regard discourse as a relative object of investigation as it depends on the

analyst’s point of view in interpreting the discursive event.

B. Text

Reisigl and Wodak (2015: 89) state that texts are different from discourse. In

fact, texts are parts of discourses. They express speech acts over time and can be either

written or oral. Wodak (2009) explains that texts are the concrete “realization of

discourse”. In other words, she views text as different from discourse since it is regarded

as a physical product, which is more likely to be linked to the verbalization of the event

written about rather than the understanding resulting from the reader’s interaction with

the text.

C. Recontextualization

To understand the concepts of recontextualization, one has to understand

‘decontextualization’ first. Decontextualization is taking an argument or any certain

element out of its context. If this element is implanted in another context, it means we

have a process of recontextualization (Reisigl and Wodak, 2015; Wodak, 2009). In other

41

words, recontextualization is a process that extracts text or meaning from its original

context (decontextualization) in order to introduce it into another context. To do this, we

change the meaning of the text since the meaning of any text is bound to its context.

Consequently, recontextualization suggests a new different meaning of the argument

(ibid).

D. Interdiscursivity

Interdiscursivity indicates that discourses are integrated or linked to one another

in various levels. In other words, a certain topic-related discourse may also refer to some

subtopics of other discourses. For example, a discourse on the Israeli-Palestinian conflict

may also refer to other subtopics such as anti-Semitism. Therefore, discourses are

integrated and can be regenerated. Thus discourses are open and often hybrid; new

subtopics can be created at many points (Reisigl and Wodak, 2015; Wodak, 2009).

3.4.1.3 Steps and Categories of Discourse Historical Analysis

Ruth Wodak’s DHA is the most appropriate approach to be followed in analyzing

texts related to the Israeli-Palestinian conflict since it takes into account the historical

background of the social events. DHA can be conducted into dimensions, namely

thematic analysis and in-depth analysis.

I. Thematic analysis:

The thematic analysis is the basic analysis used to identify the topic of the

analyzed texts and to ascribe them to a particular discourse. According to van Dijk

(1991), discourse topics give a full idea about the text through decoding the propositions

then making a list of themes and subthemes to ascribe the texts into certain discourses.

To do so, it is the semantic tools that matter because we are dealing with notions and

propositions rather than the meaning of the isolated words, which will be of no use in

discourse analysis. Accordingly, analyzing the main themes and subthemes of any given

text helps us have a full idea about the discourse used and sets the ground for a more

accurate and comprehensive textual analysis (van Dijk, 1991).

42

J. In-depth Analysis:

After analyzing the key topics and the sub topics of discourse, an in- depth

analysis is used to investigate the discursive strategies employed and the linguistic

means used (Wodak, 2009). The discursive strategies refer to the study of the practices

employed to achieve a particular social or political goal. DHA is also used to study the

positive self-representation or the negative representation of the other in news articles by

using strategies like nomination, where social actors are categorized into in-groups and

out-groups. Another similar strategy is predication, which aims at describing social

actors either in a positive or negative attributes. I am particularly interested in the

discursive strategies mentioned in Table (1) because they are all involved in the positive

self and negative other presentation, which will be analyzed throughout the corpora of

the study.

3.4.2 Textual Analysis of the Target Texts

I used Stetting’s (1989) transediting approach to translation looking into the

manifestations of transediting within the target texts through looking into the

transediting techniques used.

3.4.2.1. Transediting as a New Term

Stetting (1989) introduced the term transediting combining the terms translating

and editing together. Stetting’s main argument regarding translation is that a “certain

amount of editing has always been included in the translation task” (Stetting 1989: 371).

For her, transediting includes some textual actions which editors do while translating

such as adding explanations or new information, removing information, which is

considered to be irrelevant for the target readership, or changing the style and rhetoric of

the source text. Stetting (1989: 58) states that these textual actions play the role of

“cultural and situational adaptations” which are necessary to see the texts in the eyes of

the target readers to be able to convey their functions. Stetting also adds correcting

errors as one of the main goals of transediting. In other words, she describes the task of

the transeditor as “improving clarity, relevance, and adherence to the conventions of the

43

textual type in question – without ‘killing’ the personality and the interesting features of

the actual piece of writing” (Stetting 1989: 372). In her paper, Stetting (1989) lists some

of the cases where transediting must exist such as shortening texts, making texts

idiomatic, eliminating inadequate pieces of texts, and using information from a number

of sources to end up with well-written document.

3.4.2.2 Areas of Transediting

In non-fictional texts, using transediting on a large scale is a necessity as Stetting

(1989) mentions in her paper where she mentioned that the translator is responsible “to

see to it that the original intentions are reborn in a new and better shape in the target

language […] turns into a ‘transeditor’” (Stetting 1989: 376). She continues to explain

that transediting the content and the style is not only legitimate but also needed.

Accordingly, she introduces three different areas of transediting:

a. “Cleaning-up transediting”

b. “Situational transediting”

c. “Cultural transediting”

A. “Cleaning-up Transediting”

The first area of transediting is “cleaning-up” in which adaptation is made to a target

text due to the poor quality of the source text. It involves restructuring, rewording and

sometimes rewriting the source text. In their study, Schrijver, Vaerenbergh, and Van

Waes (2012: 101) comment that the cleaning-up form of transediting “affect the ST’s

micro-textual level as well as the macro-textual level”. The micro-textual adaptations

include the phrase, clause and/or sentence level while the macro-textual adaptations

occur on the paragraph level.

B. “Situational Transediting”

The second area of transediting is “situational transediting” where changes are

made to adapt the source text to the function which is intended by the target text in its

new context. In her paper, “Transediting Revisited”, Schäffner (2012) explains that the

target text serves a different function since it is addressing a different readership. The

transeditor can either alter the source text function in the translation or use transediting

44

to achieve target text’s function in a more effective way. Schäffner (2012) explains that

situational transediting usually occurs at the micro-textual level since translators make

changes at the sentence level making a few changes in the source text to be more

understandable or to convey the message more effectively.

C. “Cultural Transediting”

The third area of transediting is cultural transediting. Stetting (1989) defines

cultural transediting as being the adaptation of the source text to “the needs and

conventions of the target culture” (1989: 377). Cultural transediting is mostly done

through rewriting, alterations, or even deviation from the source text. Stetting (2012)

described this area of transediting as being a “rewriting” where a great deal of editing is

employed, which results in coming up with new authored texts that build on information

from different languages.

The cultural area of transediting can be linked to Lefevere’s definition of

“rewriting”. Lefevere (1992) used the term rewriting to describe translation as an

alteration of a source text under the influence of “patronage, ideology and poetics in the

target system” Lefevere (1992: 4). One can link Stetting’s cultural transediting with

Lefevere’s rewriting to conclude that journalists working on languages that are

internationally used, which is one of the five cases of using transediting mentioned

earlier, they need to alter the source texts to suit the target readers. This seems to be

relevant when talking about international news. The Israeli-Palestinian conflict is one of

the hottest international issues that is covered by most news channels and newspapers.

Thus, translators can be transeditors to adapt the English language used by some Israeli

newspapers to suit Arab readers, or to adapt the Arabic language used by the Palestinian

and Arab journalists to suit the western reader. This adaptation serves cultural, political

and most importantly ideological functions. Hence, it can be deduced that Stetting’s

transediting (1989) makes a good tool to analyze the target texts in this study looking

into the translation strategies used to transedit texts.

45

3.4.2.3 Transediting in News Translation

Schäffner (2012) holds that most of the studies into press translation have

concluded that the translation processes are very complicated due to the fact that texts

are adapted taking the target readership, the in-group style, and the ideological position

of the newspaper into consideration. Hence, translation is never separated from the

journalistic tasks. Bassnett and Bielsa (2009) also support this fact about news

translation commenting that “information that passes between cultures through news

agencies is not only ‘translated’ in the interlingual sense, it is reshaped, edited,

synthesized and transformed for the consumption of a new set of readers” (Bassnett and

Bielsa, 2009: 2). In news translation, journalists play the role of translators (or

transeditors) since they have enough journalistic experience that enables them to deal

with different genres, styles, and strategies (Stetting, 1989). Schäffner (2012) described

transeditors working on international news as being international journalists or editors

rather than translators.

Stetting (1989) mentioned some transediting strategies or operations such as

changing, removing, and adding. In fact, researchers had to use different terminology to

name the transediting strategies of Stetting (1989). Bani (2006) used the terms cutting,

explaining, generalizing, and substituting; Hursti (2001) used the terms reorganization,

deletion, addition, and substitution; Vuorinen (1994: 170) used the terms deletion,

addition, substitution, and reorganization as processes of transediting.

Vuorinen (1994) introduced different thoughts to build on Stetting’s (1989)

transediting and make it clearer. According to Vuorinen (1994), editing is that stage of

news production where language and structure of the source text are transformed

through the processes of deletion, addition, substitution and reorganization. However,

translation is the rendering of those parts of the source text message that are considered

newsworthy in the receiving culture. In other words, transeditors are supposed to select

the stories or details of stories that are newsworthy to be allowed to pass on for the

audience. When journalists manipulate pieces of information in any given news

agency’s story to produce a story in another country or another language by

46

reorganizing, deleting, adding or substituting it, they are making a translatorial

(transeditorial) decision (Hursti, 2001).

3.4.2.4 Transediting Strategies

I. Deletion

According to Stetting (1989), deletion ranges from the exclusion of individual

lexical items or deletion of clauses, sentences or complete paragraphs. To illustrate

more, any pieces of information that is considered needless or unwanted is eliminated.

These pieces of information are not considered newsworthy. Accordingly, they can

result into redundancy as the target readers already know them or because they become

too detailed for the readers who live away from the events described. Deletion may

result into a text that meets the cultural needs or stylistic expectations of the target

readership, but there is a danger that important information can also be deleted (Hursti,

2001).

ElHaj Ahmed and Shabana (2017) give an example of using the strategy of

deletion by the participants of their study in rendering the sensitive item “Palestinian

Terrorist” into “ يفلسطين ”. In this example, the translators neglected the existence of the

word “terrorist” and did not prefer to depict the ‘in-group’ (the Palestinian side) as

‘terrorists’. Thus, they sufficed with the word “Palestinian” and deleted the word

“terrorist”. In a similar context, the translators deleted the word ‘terror’ from the

sensitive expression ‘terror tunnels’ and rendered it as “األنفاق” only mentioning nothing

about the negative expression used by the Israeli media ‘terror’.

II. Addition

Stetting (1989) also deems addition necessary when the target readership changes.

It may be necessary to add background information that is important for the readers in

the new context in order to clarify some cultural aspects that are necessary for the

complete understanding of some major international news. Hursti (2001) explains that

addition is done in cases where it is felt that a news agency’s story seems to take the

understanding of a certain detail or background information for granted while it is not

the case with target readers. It can also be seen in culture-specific additions in which

47

journalists/translators explain a detail or a concept in the ST that “has a unique reference

in the source culture” (Hursti, 2001: 6).

Daraghmeh, et al (2010) study shows that the strategy of addition was used in

the translated versions to show that the translators interfere when rendering the

examined news report. In their rendering of:

'The IDF and the government officials cried foul at what they called the shameless use of

civilians as human shields, but the Hamas government praised the women as heroes and

encouraged further female contributions to the resistance’

The translators added a new statement:

ورغم ما قام به جنود االحتالل من عمليات قتل ودهم للبيوت، صاح مسئولون اسرائيليون بما

أسموه االستخدام المخزي للفلسطينيين كدروع بشرية ونددوا بما نعتوه إشادة الحكومة الفلسطينية

بالنساء ووصفهن بالبطالت وتشجيعهن على المساهمة اإلضافية في المقاومة.

The addition of “ورغم ما قام به جنود االحتالل من عمليات قتل ودهم للبيوت” shows two things: the

translator does not approve the Israeli perspective in describing the woman's act and that

the translator expresses his feelings and perspectives regarding the situation in Gaza

through adding his own ideological beliefs.

In rendering news which attacks the Palestinians or represents them as

‘assailants’ as claimed by IDF and Israeli media, the Palestinian translators in Ali’s

study (2007) used cliché expressions which suspect the credibility of the news like the

word "يدعي" to represent the fact that it is untrue or incredible. A good example is

adding the word “تدعي” to the news in the following excerpt:

"وفي رفح على الحدود المصرية قامت قوات االحتالل اإلسرائيلية بتفجير بيت تدعي بأنهم يخفون أسلحة في نفق تحته"

III. Substitution

Substitution is an operation that includes other types of transediting operations,

such as textual reorganization, addition and deletion. Substitution relates to a variety of

different procedures. First, figures and quantities may be rounded up or down, or

48

expressed differently. Furthermore, summaries rather than more extensive detailed

accounts of sub-events may be given in certain contexts. Hursti (2001) adds that in some

other contexts, titles and informative subtitles are often substituted for new ones in order

to remove source language connotations for the reader to understand the content of the

report.

Ali (2007) states that in the case of the Palestinian translator, a successful translator

prefers to interfere in the text to adapt it to the readers’ ideology. In the results of his

study, he shows that translators used the strategy of substitution as in:

''Over the past week, there has been an increase in the number of rockets fired at Sderot

and other Negev towns, and Defense Minister Amir Peretz yesterday ordered the IDF to

step-up its anti-rocket activity.”

"وخالل األسبوع الماضي كان هناك ازدياد في إطالق الصواريخ على سديروت، و أمر وزير الدفاع عمير بيرتس قوات االحتالل أن تزيد نشاطها ضد الصواريخ"

In this example, the translators refused to render the defensive sense that ‘IDF’ implies

and prefers to use "االحتالل" instead. By doing so, the translators intervene in the text to

change the representation of the other (Israelis) from being defenders into being

occupiers.

Daraghmeh, et al (2010:16) give some examples of cases where the strategy of

substitution was used in rendering the Israeli-Palestinian conflict news. In their study,

some translators used ‘substitution’ for items, which are considered sensitive such as

rendering the expression ‘Gaza terrorists’ in ''One of the rockets launched by Gaza

terrorists landed near Kibbutz YadMordecahi” as ‘مقاومون من غزة’ or ‘مقاتلون من غزة’,

instead of ‘إرهابيون من غزة’. Substitution is also used in replacing the term ''حكومة حماس”

with ''الحكومة الفلسطينية”. By doing so, the translators strengthen the “pro-unity” expression

to avoid being biased to any of the governments.

IV. Reorganization

Reorganization involves restructuring the text through changing the stylistic

features of the text to meet those of the target audience. In other words, specific details

49

are sometimes strengthened or weakened through foregrounding or backgrounding. The

items that are foregrounded are usually those that are important to the producer of the

news as explained by Stetting (1989). Hursti (2001) argues that before transforming the

information in the target text, journalists have to make an evaluation of the source text to

decide how to reorganize it. To do so, they have to answer such questions as “Is the ST

structure transferrable as such?”; “Should I refocus the information in the lead

paragraph?”; “Could some of the details be presented elsewhere in the story?” (Hursti,

2001: 5). By answering these questions, journalists will be able to set the framework

within which other transediting operations are done.

The strategy of reorganization was also used in Daraghmeh, et al (2010) study

to make the TT more appropriate for the target audience. The researchers mention a case

where the translators rendered:

''Frustrated by cover provided to troops conducting searches in the centre of Beit

Hanoun, the terrorists resorted to sending a woman”:

الذين تحصل عليهما قوات االحتالل التي تقوم بعمليات دهم وتفتيش ورغم التغطية والدعم “واسعة النطاق في مركز بيت حانون فقد تمكنت الفتاة من الوصول إلى قوة خاصة من جنود

”االحتالل

However, this TT sentence should be translated directly as:

م بها مقاومون فلسطينيون قد أحبطت بسبب هذا وأفادت تقارير عبرية بأن الهجمات التي يقو التغطية الجوية التي تزودها قوات االحتالل االسرائيلية للجنود الصهاينة المتمركزين في بيت حانون

لذلك لجأ المقاومون إلى إرسال امرأة.

According to Daraghmeh et.al. (2010) the translators used the strategy of reorganization

to intervene in the message “not only by feeding their feelings, but also by diverting the

content of the original” (Daraghmeh, et al, 2010: 26). When a proposition, like 'sending

a woman' in the previous example, is used by the reporter to imply sarcasm, inferiority,

shamelessness, and cowardliness, the Palestinian translators tended to reorganize the

whole content and rewrite it in a way that does not show that the Palestinians were

disabled. Instead, they reversed the message representing the Israeli soldiers as incapable

to prevent the girl from blowing herself up near them even though they were covered

heavily.

50

Chapter Four

DHA of the Source Texts

51

Chapter Four

DHA of the Source Texts

4.1 Thematic Analysis:

In a thematic analysis, discourse topics were mapped onto the three articles. Topics

helped summarize the most important information and in presenting the thematic

structure of the three articles. Through the analysis, key topics and other secondary ones

for each text were identified. In other words, each key topic had several subtopics. Thus,

I mapped the discourse topics and macro topics of each article. In the following outline,

I illustrate the discourse topics of the JP articles:

4.1.1 Article (1): Palestinian terrorist kills two in south Tel Aviv stabbing

attack

1. Key Topic: stabbing attack in Tel Aviv

2. Subtopics:

2.1. Description of the attacker and the setting

2.2. Eye-witness narrations about the attack

2.3. Arresting four Palestinian employees at a diner

2.4. Arresting three women carrying knives

2.5. IDF raids on Dehaishe camp to arrest more refugees

4.1.2 Article (2): Coordinated Assault

1. Key Topic: International challenges against Israel and recommendations

to the government to face them

2. Subtopics:

2.1. The father of Dafna Meir’s murderer’s response to the media

2.2. Results of a study by Mosaic online journal:

2.2.1. The majority of Palestinians support terrorism against Israelis

2.2.2. Vast majority of Palestinians hate Israelis and believe that

Jews have no right to the Land of Israel

52

2.2.3. Most Palestinians believe that terrorism pays

2.3. US and EU’s support of the Palestinian terrorism and accusations of

Israel

2.4. EU’s announcement of labeling Israeli products

2.5. Condemnation of Israel’s land policies by State Department

spokesman and UN Secretary-General

2.6. Recommendations to the Israeli government to work on:

2.6.1. The diplomatic level

2.6.2. Settlement policies

2.6.3. European Jews migration to Israel

4.1.3 Article (3): Israel and the PA

Key Topic: Recommending more cooperation with the PA to reduce

terrorism

1. Subtopics:

1.1. IDF recommendations to the government

1.1.1. enabling PA security forces

1.1.2. releasing Palestinian prisoners with light security offenses

1.1.3. increasing the number of Israeli work visas for West Bank

Palestinians

1.2. Change in the usual suspect of terrorism from terrorist organizations

to ‘lone-wolves’

1.3. Collective punishment incites more mass protests

1.4. Recommending cooperation with the PA

The discourse topics which were discussed and recontextualized in more than

one article throughout the JP corpora are the detailed description of the brutality of

Palestinian ‘lone-wolves’ and the recommendations proposed to the government either

unofficially by the writer (public opinion) or officially by the IDF to help stop the

increase of the terror attack against Israelis. Although the discourse topic of

recommending the government to follow preventive policies was a recurrent theme, the

53

recommendations themselves varied. While the second article, entitled “Coordinated

Assault”, focused more on recommending the Israeli government to work on improving

the image of Israel internationally and polarizing more Jews around Europe to migrate to

Israel, the third article, entitled “Israel and the PA”, discussed the IDF’s

recommendations to the government to work positively in coordination with the PA to

avoid more violence.

Another point of contradiction in the JP corpora is in the articles’ view of

Palestinians. The second article viewed all Palestinians as terrorists whether they

implement terror attacks or not because they all support terrorism against Israel and hate

Israelis. In this article, the writer said that Palestinians “may or may not be members of

terrorist groups. But they are the loyal representatives of their terrorism-supporting

society.” The third article, however, adopted a different point of view. The writer

classified Palestinians into two groups. The first group is represented by the ‘lone-

wolves’ who carry out terror attacks against Israelis. However, the writer explains that

“what must be remembered is that the vast bulk of the Palestinian population of the

West Bank, whether they support terrorism against Israel or not, are not terrorists.”

4.2 In-depth analysis:

The in-depth analysis investigates the discursive strategies employed in texts

(Wodak, 2009: 38). The discursive strategies refer to a number of methods through

which a particular social or political goal is achieved. Discursive strategies are mainly

used for enhancing the self-representation or showing the negative other representation.

These discursive strategies include nomination, predication, perspectivation,

intensification, mitigation, and argumentation. Studying these discursive strategies of

self-and other presentation is the main goal of the analysis of this study to uncover the

ideologies embedded in the articles.

4.2.1 Nomination:

Baidoun (2014) points out that nomination refers to the categorization of characters

for constructing in-groups and out-groups. To do so, certain linguistic expressions are

used to refer to or describe the Israelis and the Palestinians to construct in-groups/ out-

54

groups. Nomination can be traced throughout the texts by examining certain linguistic

units that may be used to categorize discourse actors into in-groups and out-groups.

Such linguistic units may include direct names or expressions to refer to discourse

actors, deixis, and synecdoche.

4.2.1.1 Names:

To start with, writers can use names, nationalities, certain traits or nicknames to

refer to discourse agents. In other cases, members of out-groups may be unnamed to be

dehumanized, for example. In the texts examined in the study, writers used words that

refer to discourse agents whether from in/out- groups. The in-group, in this case, refers

to the ‘Israelis’ and the out-group refers to the Palestinians. Table (4.3) shows the use of

names employed to serve the categorization purpose:

Table (4.3): Names employed to serve the categorization purposes

Article No. In-group No. Out-group No.

1

Israel 2 Palestine 0

Israeli/s 3 Palestinian/s 2

Citizen/s 0 Terrorist/s 3

Civilian/s 2 Murderer/s 0

Victim/s 6 Assailant/s 1

Attacker/s 2

Lone wolf/ves 0

Killer/s 0

2

Israel 24 Palestine 0

Israeli/s 4 Palestinian/s 40

Citizen/s 3 Terrorist/s 7

Civilian/s 0 Murderer/s 1

Victim/s 0 Assailant/s 0

Judea and Samaria 5 Attacker/s 0

Lone wolf/ves 4

Killer/s 0

3

Israel 4 Palestine 0

Israeli/s 5 Palestinian/s 12

Citizen/s 0 Terrorist/s 5

Civilian/s 3 Murderer/s 0

Victim/s 1 Assailant/s 1

Judea and Samaria 2 Attacker/s 0

Lone wolf/ves 1

Killer/s 0

55

As it can be noticed from table (4.3) above, JP used names, nicknames, and

nationalities as well as some adjectives to classify the social actors into in-group and

out-group members. It is worth mentioning though that the word “Israel” was mentioned

30 times in the three news articles. It might be driven by the writers’ insistence on

establishing the fact of the existence of the Jewish State- Israel. What makes this

assumption more reasonable is the fact that the word “Palestine” was never used to refer

to the Palestinian Territories. Instead, words like “the West Bank” and “Gaza” were

used. It is worth noting that the JP writers used the words “Judea and Samaria” to refer

to the Palestinian territories and their lands as they claim. In article (2), the writer used

them five times while in article (3), they were used two times. They might go back to the

fact that the JP insist to claim that this is ‘their land’ not the Palestinians’. Thus, they use

the names they have for the lands and certainly not the Palestinian names.

Another point that is worth mentioning is the great difference in the number of

the word “Israeli/s” and “Palestinian/s”. This might go back to the fact that the articles

were written to serve one purpose which is dysphemism of the image of Palestinians in

the eyes of the JP readers worldwide. The three articles were accusing the Palestinians

for doing mischief, attacking, stabbing, killing, murdering, car-ramming, etc. In other

words, the word “Palestinians” was used heavily in the three texts to be tied to negative

attributes and mischief. By doing so, ‘Israel’ emphasizes that it is only defending itself

from its enemies- as they always try to convince the international public opinion.

To prove to the world that ‘Israel’ is only defending itself from the Palestinians,

words like “Israeli civilians”, “citizens”, and “victims” were used to refer to the in-

group. On the other hand, they used words like “murderer”, “attacker”, “killer”,

“assailant”, and “terrorist” in addition to the nickname, which is recently used by the

Israeli media to refer to the Palestinian youth attacking settlers- “lone-wolves”. Such

linguistic references were purposefully used to classify the social actors in the discourse

into attackers and defenders in the eyes of the international reader.

In conclusion, the international reader may be deceived by the manipulation

carried out by the JP on the linguistic level. By classifying the social actors into in-group

and out-group, the writer secures that after manipulating the description of each party

56

and presenting a false image for the international reader that proves that the in-group is

the victim and the out-group is the terrorist, the international reader would be convinced

and consequently support the in-group (Israelis).

4.2.1.2 Deixis

The term deixis is the “marking of the orientation or position of entities and

events with respect to certain points of reference.” (Huddleston & Pullum, 2006: 156).

The term deixis refers to the expressions whose meaning refers directly to when and

where an action happened or who is involved in the action. Deixis can come as an

adverb such as “here”, “there”, “now”, and “then”. Some of these adverbs are more

relevant to the categorization of in/out-groups such as “here” and “there”. Thus, the

focus will be only on them in the analysis of the STs in this study. They may also come

as pronouns to refer to the in-group such as “I”, “we”, “me”, “our”, “us”, “mine”, and

“ours”; or to refer to the out-group such as “they”, “them”, and “their”. Table (4) shows

the deixis used in the corpora of this study:

Table (4.4): Deixis used to serve categorization purposes

Article No. Pronouns No.

1

I 5 We 0 Us 0

Our 0 They 6 Them 1

Their 0

2

I 0

We 4 Us 5 Our 3

They 10 Them 1 Their 16

3

I 0

We 0 Us 0 Our 3 They 1

Them 0 Their 6

57

Pronouns is a key means by which the JP writers classify the social actors into

in-group and out-group. Pronouns like “us”, “our”, and “we” were used to strengthen the

citizenship and belonging to the land. For example, in phrases like “our state”, “our

officials”, “our goodwill”, “our principles”, “our defense minister”, and “our values”

the JP emphasizes belonging to the in-group and tries to assert the national identity by

using “our” which implies belonging. Such pronouns were also used to set the

boundaries between the in-group and the out-group to emphasize that the in-group

members are those who defend themselves and never attack others. For example, the last

sentence in article (3) “Amid the anguish the country is experiencing, it is a glowing

testament to our principles that our defense minister chose to speak about protecting our

values and remaining humane in the face of inhumane acts against us.” This very last

statement in the article sets clear boundaries between the ‘humane in-group’ and the

‘inhumane out-group’ through the successful use of pronouns.

The news articles used as the corpora of this study are fraught with pronouns

referring to the out-group. The reason behind that might be the fact that most of these

pronouns came in the context of accusing and condemning the attacks carried out by the

out-group (Palestinians) against the in-group (Israelis). For example, the JP accuses the

out-group because “they support terrorism against Israel”, “they were found to be

carrying knives”, and “they are the loyal representatives of their terrorism-supporting

society”. The JP is even claiming that the PA rewards them for their violence.

Consequently, the PA is also considered a terrorist. For example, it is mentioned in

article (2) that “they will be rewarded for their crimes against humanity”.

After having this clear classification of groups through the use of pronouns, the

international reader will be cajoled into thinking that the writers or the addressers are on

the good side that should be supported, while the out-group is the bad side who should

be avoided and punished. Consequently, the Israeli side will affect the subconscience of

the reader to support the false facts presented to them.

58

4.2.2 Predication

As Wodak (2001) states, predication is the discursive qualification of social actors

using different forms of adjectives either positively or negatively. Writers can achieve

the evaluative attribution of the self and the other in the form of adjectives, appositions,

prepositional phrases, relative clauses, conjunctional clauses, infinitive clauses, and

participial clauses or groups, predicative nouns, adjectives, and pronouns. These

attributions can be negative to describe the other and positive to describe the self.

In the corpora of the study, different positive traits were used to describe the in-

group members or even their acts. For example, the writer used the positive noun

“victim” to refer to the in-group (Israelis). The use of this word is interesting since it

implies two important meanings. The first meaning is that it refers to “someone or

something that has been hurt, damaged, or killed or has suffered" according to

Cambridge Online Dictionary. Thus, it carries the meaning of suffering felt by the in-

group. The second implied meaning is that it also carries an accusation for the out-

group. According to Cambridge Online Dictionary, this “victim” is suffering “because of

the actions of someone or something else". In other words, the words “victim” carries

both a positive attribution of the in-group and another negative implied attribution of the

out-group. The word “victim” also implies attributing blame and responsibility for the

“out-group” whose actors are characterized as negative and unjustified.

On the other hand, the out-group was referred to using different negative traits

either to describe the members of the out-group or their actions. In some cases, they are

called “terrorists”, “assailants”, “murderers”, “attackers”, or even “lone-wolves”. All

these words are mainly used to dysphemize the image of the other in the eyes of the

international reader to raise the hostility and evoke negative evaluations of the

Palestinians. Another form of these negative attributes is using compound adjectives to

describe the out-group. For example, Palestinians were described as being “hate-soaked”

and as “loyal representatives of their terrorism-supporting society”

Discursive negative qualifications were also used to describe the negative events

ascribed to the out-group. For example, in article (1), the writer claims that a Palestinian

59

“murdered two Israelis” and “stabbed a young man” while other Palestinian women

“were carrying knives” and 17 other men were arrested for “rioting and throwing stones

and firebombs at Israeli civilians”. In article (2), the same strategy was used when the

writer described the acts of the out-group. The writer accused the whole Palestinian

society for “supporting terrorism”, and that Palestinian propaganda reflects “the

murderous hatred that the vast majority of Palestinians feel toward Israelis and Israel.”

The writer then continues saying that this Palestinian society “seeks to annihilate Israel,

applauds barbarism and kills anyone who wishes to live in peace with Israel”. The

writer of Article (3) did not deviate from accusing Palestinians as done by other Israeli

writers. He accused the Palestinian leaders for leading “organizational incitement via

textbooks and the media” which resulted into the birth of “individual terrorists, coming

from the civilian population, with knives, car attacks, shooting attacks and everything

else”. In conclusion, the Israeli writers generally tend to frame the other as savage and

terrorists who commit the worst crimes against the “battered civilians” of the in-group

who should work on “protecting [our] values and remaining humane in the face of

inhumane acts against [us]”.

4.2.3 Perspectivation

Perspectivation is a term used by Wodak (2001) to refer to positioning speaker’s or

writer’s point of view and expressing either involvement or distance. The narration and

description of the articles in the JP discourse focus on framing the Palestinians as being

not trustworthy and manipulative, and the authors focused on the Israeli- narrative and

Israeli casualties. Most of the details of the events are devoted to describing in detail the

attacks they suffer from. In article (1), the writer devoted the whole article to talk about

the details of the attack. The writer mentioned the names of the ‘victims’ (Aviram

Reuven and Aharon Yisayev), their ages (51 and 32 respectively), and the settlement

they live in (Holon), and the setting of the attack (at 2 p.m., the second floor of the

Panorama building on Ben-Zvi Street inside a Judaica store). After that, the writer

devoted the rest of the article to mention the story as it has been told by the eye

witnesses.

60

The story of the attack was narrated by eye-witnesses from other Israelis who were

used as the main social actors (speakers) in the discourse to deliver the credited story of

the attack. For example, the article reads, “Sigal Pinchas, an employee of a small

publishing house across from the Judaica store, also saw the attack unfold, and fought

back tears as she described her close brush with death and the brutality she had just

witnessed only meters away.” In another part of the article, another eye-witness was

mentioned in “Another shocked witness to tragedy was Israel Bachar, who works at a

store adjacent to the site of the attack.”

Another means of showing the strategy of perspectivation is the use of quotations.

Most of the quoted statements in all the articles were for ministers and army

spokespeople while no members of the out-group were quoted. When the speech is

stated by Israeli officials, it is quoted exactly as it was said. For example, in article (3),

the defense minister Moshe Ya’alon was quoted in ““It’s a moral question, and you need

to make decisions. How do you let those who are not involved in terrorism, who want to

live in cooperation with Israel, continue with their everyday lives, but also provide an

answer to the individual terrorists, coming from the civilian population, with knives, car

attacks, shooting attacks and everything else?”. In article (3), the writer also wrote in

detail about the recommendations of the ‘IDF’ quoting the same expressions used in the

IDF’s military assessment in “According to the military assessment, the “limited

uprising” – which has taken the place of “wave of terrorism” in describing the stabbing,

shooting and stone-throwing attacks – has sparked concern over the potential future

disintegration of the PA if the violence continues to mount.” On the other hand, the

Palestinian side is not usually quoted.

The Jerusalem Post also used the strategy of perspectivation through using commas

on words and phrases stated by the Palestinians (out-groups) while no quotation marks

were used in the case of Israeli’s statements. For example, in article (1), the writer

mentioned in the headline, “Hamas praises ‘heroic’ operation”. The word ‘heroic’ is

put between commas because the writer does not approve the description of the attack as

being ‘heroic’.

61

4.2.4 Mitigation Vs. Intensification

Events may be either intensified or abridged. According to Baidoun (2014), this

strategy is used a lot in clashing news reporting. Following this strategy, the Israeli

media intensifies the sufferings of the Israelis (in-groups) and mitigates their attacks

while not paying considerable attention to the sufferings of the Palestinians (out-groups)

and intensifying their attacks instead. The Jerusalem Post uses this feature clearly in the

three articles under analysis. One of the most important techniques is passivation. The JP

uses the active voice when talking about the attacks carried out by the Palestinians. For

example, article (1) reads, “A Palestinian terrorist armed with a knife murdered two

Israelis and moderately wounded a third”, “the terrorist stabbed another man”, and

“he continued his attack, stabbing another Israeli man to death”. On the other hand, the

writer uses the passive voice when reporting what the Israelis did. For example, the

police attacked an eatery to arrest the Palestinians who work there without having an

evidence of their involvement in the attack, but the writer mitigated their actions using

the passive voice in, “One of the diners said the men were put into a police vehicle and

taken from the scene”. In another case, the writer continues mitigating the ‘IDF’ arrest

of Palestinian women by using the passive voice in, “three women carrying knives were

arrested by IDF soldiers’. Even when talking about the IDF more advanced reactions,

which were showering a refugee camp with bombs, the writer didn’t mention the doer of

the action- the IDF. Instead, he used ‘the raids’ as the subject of the sentence in, “The

raids were focused on the Dehaishe refugee camp outside Bethlehem and targeted a

number of members of the Popular Front for the Liberation of Palestine, the IDF said”.

The action was only reported by the IDF, according to the article.

The attack carried out by the Palestinian (out-group) was very detailed to intensify

the mischief done by Palestinians and to convey to the international reader the

intensified feeling of suffering which the Israelis felt, “Mahmoud then tried to continue

the assault inside the store... Outside the store he continued his attack, stabbing another

Israeli man to death before fleeing to a lower floor. On the next level he stabbed another

man and was chased into a shoe warehouse”. On the other hand, the writer does not

62

mention any details about the raids carried out by the IDF on a refugee camp in, “The

raids were focused on the Dehaishe refugee camp outside Bethlehem and targeted a

number of members of the Popular Front for the Liberation of Palestine, the IDF said”.

Another interesting point is that the writer did not devote any line or even a single word

to mention the suffering of the refugees in that camp. In other words, the sufferings of

the Palestinians are mitigated.

Article (2) uses the same strategy in shedding the light on the attacks carried out by

Palestinians. Although the main topic of the article focuses on how the assault is carried

out by the Palestinian Authority, the international diplomats, as well as the Palestinians

themselves as it is clear in “Israel is under a coordinated assault by the Palestinians

who hate us and the Europeans and Americans who are hostile to us”, it included plenty

of cases where Palestinians were the first to be blamed for everything. For example, the

writer claims that even if not all Palestinians commits crimes against Israelis, they

support terrorism in, “a solid majority of Palestinians have supported terrorism against

Israelis”, and in “Adais and his comrades may or may not be members of terrorist

groups. But they are the loyal representatives of their terrorism-supporting society”.

As for those who actually attack, they also were represented as ‘lone-wolves’- the

expression which has a strong and frightening sound on the ear of the international

reader who would believe that humanity is in danger because of these ‘lone-wolves’.

The Palestinians were accused plenty of times in article (2). For instance, the writer

mentions the beginning of the attacks in “the Palestinians began their current terrorist

onslaught”, then went into mentioning details in, “Adais butchered Meir in her home, in

front of her children”, then claimed that the other Palestinians “have supported terrorism

against Israelis”, and how others imitated him in, “another Palestinian stabbed another

Jewish mother in the late stages of pregnancy”. In conclusion, the writer devoted the

whole article to intensify the crimes committed by the ‘lone-wolves’.

The writer did not only intensify the mischief done by the Palestinians, but also

mitigated the Israeli reaction. According to the writer, Israel did not take any steps to

punish those who committed these crimes. Article (2) is devoted to mentioning what

63

Palestinians have done and what is thought of Israel by international diplomats, not

mentioning a single line about the penal crimes they have done, do and will do. The

writer wanted Israel to appear as a victim who can not defend itself and if this happens,

it is always blamed by the West. The writer used the rhetorical questions smartly to

achieve this purpose in, “How is Israel supposed to defend itself against this coordinated

terrorist-diplomatic onslaught? How can Israel keep the Americans and Europeans at

bay and deter the Palestinians from murdering its citizens?”

4.2.5 Argumentation

In the argumentation strategies, or what is referred to by Wodak as topoi, are the

ideas through which positive and negative attributors are justified. Topoi are explained

by Wodak (2009) as being general key ideas from which specific arguments can be

generated. It can also be viewed as the “headings under which arguments are classified”

(Krzyzanowski, 2010, p. 83). Therefore, the analysis pinpoints the links between the

topics discovered and the topoi deployed (ibid). The argumentation strategies (topoi) can

be classified into five topoi which are the topos of numbers, the topos of defense, the

topos of responsibility, the topos of threat and danger, and finally the topos of

humanitarianism.

4.2.5.1 The Topos of Defense

One topos that appeared in the JP is the topos of Defense. The defense topos is used

to argue for the right of self-defense in order to legitimize the actions of the Israeli

troops. During the Al-Quds Intifada, the Israeli side was facing several kinds of attacks.

Hence, the Israeli media seized the opportunity to find a justification for all the assaults

against the Palestinians. At the same time, Israelis will appear as victims who are only

defending themselves trying to deter the attacks they face. Therefore, every military

operation or police arrest is now justified. For example, in article (1), the writer reported

that “three women carrying knives were arrested by IDF soldiers”. Their arrest is

justified now as it is the case in many other arrests which took place during the Al-Quds

Intifada. These arrests are justified in the eyes of the international reader only because

64

they came in the discourse after the main headlines about Palestinians attacking Israelis.

In other words, all what Israelis now do is seen as self defense against the attacks they

face everyday.

Not only the arrests are seen as such, but also the IDF’s raids are also justified. In

article (1), the writer also mentions that, at the same day of the attack implemented by a

Palestinian, “the IDF carried out a series of raids in the West Bank in collaboration

with the Border Police, during which they arrested 18 wanted men – 17 of them for

rioting and throwing stones and firebombs at Israeli civilians. The raids were focused

on the Dehaishe refugee camp outside Bethlehem and targeted a number of members of

the Popular Front for the Liberation of Palestine”. Then he mentions that, “also

Thursday, the Shin Bet and the Israel Police said that they had arrested a group of two

adults and 10 minors from the village of Bir a-Sika who they said were involved in two

incidents in which rocks and firebombs were thrown at motorists on Route 6.” It can

easily be seen that the Israeli media tries to connect different incidents at different places

to the same incident of attack done by the Palestinians to be justified as being self-

defense operations. Nothing is mentioned about the deaths and damage done to the

refugee’s camp neither about whether the arrested people are innocent or not. The topos

of defense was used to show the reason why the Israeli side opened fire. This sentence

suggested that the Israeli soldiers had the ultimate right to attack the Palestinians,

because the latter started the attack. So the Palestinians were a potential threat, and they

must be taken down, as a means of self-defense.

The JP does not only try to view the Israeli assaults as self-defense against the

Palestinians but also against the international condemnation Israel faces on the

diplomatic level. Article (2) questions what should be done to face the offences Israel

faces locally and internationally in, “How is Israel supposed to defend itself against this

coordinated terrorist-diplomatic onslaught? How can Israel keep the Americans and

Europeans at bay and deter the Palestinians from murdering its citizens?” The writer

uses these questions to show the readers that all what has been done and will be done is

justified when they are trying to deter the Palestinians from murdering the ‘Israeli

citizens’. The writer then starts mentioning some of the ‘self-defense’ measures that

65

should be done to deter the Palestinians. For example, he suggests “destroying illegal

EU-financed Palestinian construction in Area C.” which is then explained in “The

government should act forcefully to remove all of the EU-constructed illegal Palestinian

settlements in Area C of Judea and Samaria. The place the government should begin

demolition is at the illegal Palestinian settlement outside the national heritage site of

Sussiya, just kilometers from where Dafna Meir was murdered.”. The writer even

insisted on locating the settlements based on the distance which separates them from the

crime scene of Dafna Meir’s murder to show the reason behind suggesting such a

reaction and to make it justified in the eyes of the international reader.

24.2.5. The Topos of Humanitarianism

Another topos that appeared in the JP is the topos of humanitarianism. This topos is

used to argue that the Palestinian actions against Israelis do not conform to human

rights, thus there should be actions to stop them. For example, in article (2), the writer

compares between the Palestinians and the Israelis saying that the Israelis choose

governments which “oppose appeasement” while “the Palestinians have learned that

the Israeli public does not have the final word on whether or not they will be rewarded

for their crimes against humanity”. Using the word “crimes against humanity” was to

show that the Palestinian actions are a violation to human rights. On the other hand, the

JP uses the same topos to argue that the Israeli side conforms to the human rights in spite

of all what they face in, “Amid the anguish the country is experiencing, it is a glowing

testament to our principles that our defense minister chose to speak about protecting our

values and remaining humane in the face of inhumane acts against us”.

34.2.5. The Topos of Danger and Threat

Moving to the topos of danger and threat was one of the main topoi used by the JP in

its articles. The topos of danger and threat argues for the conclusion that if there was a

specific danger or threat, one should do something against it. In article (2), the writer

organizes the article through mentioning the findings of Polisar’s study, which are all

considered as dangers facing the Israeli side. To explain more, the writer mentions the

66

dangers presented by the Palestinians and how Israel is supposed to face them. The

findings (dangers), which constitute “three key aspects to Palestinian positions about

Israel that all bear directly on the current Palestinian terrorist offensive” are (1) “a

solid majority of Palestinians have supported terrorism against Israelis. Moreover, the

more murderous an attack, the more it is supported.” ; (2) “the vast majority of

Palestinians hate Israelis and believe that Jews have no right to the Land of Israel, and

therefore our state has no right to exist.” ; (3) most Palestinians believe that terrorism

pays… The Palestinians have only benefited from killing Israelis through terrorism.”.

One can easily notice that the real danger that Israel is concerned about is ideological. In

other words, they do not think that the attacks Palestinians carry out are the real danger.

Instead, the real concern that worries Israelis is the firm beliefs and fixed ideologies that

Palestinians have regarding Israel and the Israelis. These ideologies are considered the

main motif of all the attacks which take place now and then.

Accordingly, the writer uses the topos of threat to mention what Israel does or

threatens to do to deter these attacks. The writer then asks a rhetorical question aiming at

threatening the Palestinians and recommending means of punishment toward

Palestinians. First, the article recommends first that “Obviously, any talk of a peace

process in this climate is utter folly. The most Israel can aspire to is to deter the hate-

soaked Palestinians from attacking us.” The author used this sentence as a direct threat

to the Palestinians. The author argued according to the words of a trusted Israeli

researcher in a study with “Twenty-five years of survey data “ that if the Palestinian

terror won’t stop, they will never see peaceful days again. The Palestinians were seen as

one hostile entity that was carrying out offensive attacks against Israelis. The use of the

word “deter” indicates threatening the Israeli reactions that will result in dangerous

outcomes. The Palestinians are seen as a threat to the security of the Israeli citizens. As a

result, the defense system was deployed to protect the Israelis from the threat of the

Palestinians. In the three articles, the authors mentioned some of these reactions which

were actually done and threaten carrying out others. For example, the author in article

(1) mentions that some cases of arrests were carried out in addition to air raids on some

refugee camps. Article (3) threatens “the potential future disintegration of the PA if the

67

violence continues to mount.”. Article (2), also threatens the Palestinians by hinting that

the Israeli government should act also against the Palestinians “nothing is stopping it

from destroying illegal EU-financed Palestinian construction in Area C.” This sentence

is a direct threat to the Palestinians of demolishing their homes as a step to protect

Israelis and “to deter the hate-soaked Palestinians from attacking” them.

44.2.5. The Topos of Numbers

The authors of the three articles used the argument of numbers to illustrate the need

to stop the escalation of violence in the occupied territories. The author of article (1) was

trying to argue that the number of fatalities decreased, so it is important to keep their

numbers low and the recent escalation of violence should stop, or else, the number of

fatalities will rise again. In article (1), the author writes “a Palestinian terrorist armed

with a knife murdered two Israelis and moderately wounded a third”.

The topos of numbers is used in these articles to reach the conclusion that a specific

action should be performed in order to stop the losses. The Jerusalem Post’s topos of

numbers is used also to reassure the Israeli citizens and other international readers, who

may be tourists to Israel one day, that they also take some measures to deter the

Palestinians. For example, after mentioning the case of the attack that resulted in the

death of two Israelis, the writer mentioned some of the steps which were taken by the

IDF as a response to the attack in “three women carrying knives were arrested by IDF

soldiers” ; “the IDF carried out a series of raids in the West Bank in collaboration with

the Border Police, during which they arrested 18 wanted men – 17 of them for rioting

and throwing stones and firebombs at Israeli civilians.” and “the Shin Bet and the Israel

Police said that they had arrested a group of two adults and 10 minors from the village

of Bir a-Sika who they said were involved in two incidents in which rocks and

firebombs”. The author used the topos of numbers to indicate that if they killed two of

us, we arrest more than 30 in response.

68

54.2.5. The Topos of Responsibility

The topos of responsibility was common in the three articles. Each article used the

argumentation of responsibility differently to reach the same conclusion, which is

blaming the out-group as the party responsible for the emergence of violence in the West

Bank. The topos of responsibility was used in this article to blame the Palestinians for all

the violations carried out against the ‘Israeli civilians’. The authors constructed the

sentences to frame the Palestinians as responsible for the situation in the West Bank. For

example, article (3) reports that the firm beliefs of the Palestinians against the right of

Israel to exist as a state on their land is what drives them to attack the Israelis and

consequently makes them responsible for the tension in the area as it is clear in

“Palestinian positions about Israel all bear directly on the current Palestinian terrorist

offensive.” Some incidents were mentioned to sustain the argument that the Palestinian

Authority is also to be blamed for her responsibility on inciting Palestinians to commit

crimes telling that “lone wolves,” [who] have been incited by Palestinian Authority

propaganda.” The authors use of this sentence is a direct accusation against the

Palestinian Authority for the responsibility of civilians’ death. Other sentences were also

constructed to highlight the responsible party behind the killing of civilians such as “It

may be convenient to place the blame for the current state of affairs on all Palestinians,

and especially their leaders, and there’s no shortage of issues that must be put on their

shoulders – from continued incitement in statements by Palestinian leaders like PA

President Mahmoud Abbas (with his offensive “filthy Jewish feet” on the Temple Mount

comment) to more organizational incitement via textbooks and media that raises

generations of Palestinians to view Israelis as sub-human usurpers.” The main

argument of responsibility used in these sentences was the hatred that existed in the PA,

which was reflected on the Palestinian people.

4.3 Conclusions:

This chapter achieved a number of purposes. These purposes included analyzing

the discursive strategies used by the Israeli media in the recent escalation of violence in

the West Bank and Jerusalem. Moreover, this chapter sought to investigate the

69

representation of the Palestinians in the English-speaking Israeli newspaper, the JP,

whose major audience is the western readership. The critical discourse analysis of the

three news articles confirmed that discourse is significant in the representation of

ideologies. The discursive strategies were used by the in-group members to inform,

convey, and persuade the international reader with their ideologies.

The analysis of the three articles shows that different strategies used in the JP during

the latest escalation of violence in the West Bank. The DHA helped in understanding the

representation of the in-group, through which the discursive strategies were justified to

produce a text from the perspective of the self in a way that suspects the credibility of

the other. In other words, ideology controlled the articles in general to make sure that

they are socially approved by their audience. Hence, discourse depends on the social

context to manipulate the minds of the readers. The discursive events of the articles were

left to the subjective judgment of the authors and the audience. The news was

ideologically biased and that was salient through the analysis of discursive strategies and

representation of social actors negatively or positively, depending on the ideology of the

JP.

According to van Dijk (1998) ideology is responsible for maintaining the social

identity, the self-image, as well as the values of a specific social group. In this regard,

the investigation of argumentation strategies in the examined JP articles is important in

understanding the aim behind representing the in-group as the oppressed and

intensifying the humanitarian side in which they hint that the out-group (the oppressor)

is inhumane for doing violent actions against the Israelis. On the other hand, danger and

threat and self-defense topoi were used in JP to construct the belief that Israel is the

victim of this conflict, and it is legitimate for Israelis to defend themselves against the

Palestinian ‘terror’.

The use of these topoi aims to manipulate and control the minds of the readers to

lead them to consider what is presented as right or wrong according to the newspaper’s

ideology. Accordingly, the news is written to inform the public, but was then

manipulated to persuade the public to take an action and support one side of the conflict

which is the Israeli side. The articles analyzed from the JP had a unified message that the

70

Palestinians are the violent others. The three articles reported the events from the Israeli

point of view, and described the Israeli forces as the Defense Forces (IDF), which is

highlighted and represented as a legitimate force to protect the security of Israel. That

was clear in the use of the argumentation strategies as explained previously in this

chapter.

71

Chapter Five

Analysis of the

Target Texts

72

Chapter Five

Analysis of the Target Texts

5.1 Introduction

Brook (2012) sees that translation has become a key but also a hidden factor for

international news to be successful as a marketable commodity. News is a commodity

that is traded between a wide range of producers and receivers. Translation is a common

practice when it comes to international news. In this sphere, news translation, since it is

packed with connotations, hidden ideologies and perspectives, involves more than any

other kind of translation. It is not merely “a process of replacing words and expressions

in one language by their corresponding words and expressions in another language”

(Schäffner and Bassnett 2010).

According to Amer (2016), when translating international news, journalists tend

to “filter, select, add, omit and adapt information”, which leads to creating a new version

that suits the new target audience. These strategies, which translators follow, may vary

from one text to another under each news story’s specific circumstances. Any deep

textual analysis of the translated version of news stories would reveal much about what

and why specific strategies were used to meet readers’ expectations. In order to meet

these expectations, some processes of textual reshaping, or transediting as Stetting

(1989) described them, should take place because the traditional processes of translation

such as literal and direct translation, which focus on loyalty to the source text, would not

be sufficient to satisfy the target readership. Stetting mentions four main processes of

transediting (transformation) which are deletion, addition, substitution and

reorganization.

5.2 Results of the Study

Stetting (1989: 59) used to liken translation to the work of editors calling it trans-

editing. He sees translation as “that part of the news production process which involves

translating into another language those parts of the original message that are considered

newsworthy in the receiving cultural environment”. Deletion, addition, substitution and

73

reorganization are four processes involved in the translation process. In this chapter, a

general view of the use of translation strategies by the four translators will be presented.

After that, a detailed textual analysis of the target texts will be conducted to investigate

the strategies involved in the translation of the Israeli news articles in the study.

The Palestinian translators modified, mediated and countered the ideologically

embedded elements of the source text. At the same time, they kept the information in the

reports like names, places and incidents as they are. Their practice is matching with the

transediting practice observed by Stetting (1989) and with the practice of rewriting the

ideological content of the source text mentioned by Lefevere (1992). Intervention is

clearly practiced in dealing with issues of high sensitivity in political discourse.

I. Translator A:

Translator A used different strategies throughout the translation of the three

articles. Figure (2) shows the frequency of using each strategy in translator A’s

version of the three articles.

Figure (5.1): Translation strategies used by Translator A.

As it can be noticed from figure (5.1), translator A used Stetting’s (1989) four

strategies in rendering the JP articles. However, in 30% of the cases of ideological

clashes, he used the strategy of deletion, what makes it the most frequently used strategy

by Translator A. in the second place comes substitution, which might be the most

0%

5%

10%

15%

20%

25%

30%

35%

Deletion Addition Substitution Reorganization

Translator A

74

effective strategy since it includes the first two strategies together. In substitution, the

translator deletes the original word/s used in the source text and then adds another one.

Thus, he deletes and adds some words instead of the deleted ones. It can be inferred that

translator A preferred to use it to counter the ideology of the source text through deleting

the ideologically embedded expression and replacing it with another one which is

embedded with the ideological traces of the translator. Thus, the target text became a

text that is ideologically loaded in a way that suits the target readers.

The strategy of deletion was least used (16%) by the translator. It can be said that

deletion is the easiest way of getting rid of the ideologically loaded items. If the

translator does not find it necessary to include such items, he just deletes them. He also

used the strategy of addition at an average of 20% while he used the strategy of

reorganization in 24% of the cases. All in all, it is worth noting that translator A

preferred most to use the strategy of substitution and least to use the strategy of deletion

while the other two strategies were used moderately.

II. Translator B

Translator B used all Stetting’s (1989) strategies in his rendering of the JP articles.

Figure (5.2) shows the frequency of the translation strategies used by translator B:

Figure (5.2): Translation strategies used by Translator B.

0%

5%

10%

15%

20%

25%

30%

35%

Deletion Addition Substitution Reorganization

Translator B

75

Figure (5.2) shows how translator B preferred to interfere with the source text

through using the strategies of deletion, addition, substitution, and reorganization with

roughly the same degree. Translator B depended mainly on deleting all what was

ideologically embedded. The strategy of deletion was used in 30% of the cases of

ideologically loaded items of the articles. He also used the strategy of addition at a

nearly similar average of 28%. He added his own sentences or even paragraphs in some

cases to come up with a text that is felt to be secondly authored by translator B. The

strategy of substitution was also used in 28% of the sensitive cases while the strategy of

reorganization was least used at a percentage of 14%. The overall impression that one

gets is that his version of the text is his own. In other words, he not only translated the

articles, but also trans-edited the source texts to the extent that they might be regarded as

completely new texts. Translator B rendering is a rewriting of the ST.

III. Translator C

Translator C used the translation strategies suggested by Stetting (1989) but on

different scales. Figure (5.3) shows the frequency of using Stetting’s strategies by

translator C.

Figure (5.3): Translation strategies used by Translator C.

She mostly used the strategies of reorganization (27%) and addition (27%). This

might go back to the fact that she did not prefer to change the source text and kept it as it

0%

5%

10%

15%

20%

25%

30%

Deletion Addition Substitution Reorganization

Translator C

76

is. However she also tended to inform the reader that this is not her perspective of seeing

the discourse actors or even the discourse events. Thus, most of the additions she made

were mainly used to tell that this is “the writer’s perspective” or that this is “claimed by

the JP”. As for the use of reorganization as a trans-editing strategy, it was mainly used to

express disapproving some of the terms used. She used the commas as a technique of the

strategy of reorganization with words in the ideology of the JP writer is embedded.

Some of these words were ‘terrorism’, ‘lone wolves’, ‘Palestinian incitation’, etc. The

strategy of substitution was used at a range of 24% while the strategy of deletion was

least used (22%). As mentioned earlier, translator C tried not to intervene in the source

texts, thus she did not delete and substitute too many original words by others of her

own. This can justify why the strategy of deletion was least used.

IV. Translator D

Translator’s D translation was the closest to the source text. Figure (5.4) shows

the frequency of using the translation strategies by translator D.

Figure (5.4): Translation strategies used by Translator D.

Translator D did not tend to interfere in the source text and preferred to stay

neutral. He neither countered the ideology nor even concealed it. Instead, he was faithful

in rendering the factual information as well as the ideologically embedded items. He did

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

70%

Deletion Addition Substitution Reorganization

Translator D

77

not use the transediting strategies at a wide range as did the other translators. He used

the strategy of substitution most in a percentage of 60%. The strategy of reorganization

was least used at a percentage of 1%. The strategy of deletion was used in 20% cases

while the strategy of addition was used in 13% cases. The result was a text that is

translated literally rather than trans-edited.

5.3 Discussion of the Results

5.3.1 Deletion

According to Schäffner (2004), translators can perform deletion on different

scales. It can be done through deleting certain words, clauses, sentences, or even

complete paragraphs. There are many reasons behind having to delete some information

from the text. These reasons vary from deeming certain pieces of information

unnecessary, redundant, already known to the reader or even for ideological purposes.

In other words, some information may be considered as unneeded details, which will not

be of that much importance especially for readers who are geographically and culturally

removed from the events described. Thus, the translator decides to give the gist of what

is written to assure that his/ her news will be read since one of the main aims of

translating news is making it a wanted, readable commodity. However, in some cases

where deletion is desirable to meet the cultural needs or stylistic expectations of the

target readership, it might risk the danger of losing important information. In this case,

there might be ideological motives behind deleting these important pieces of

information. Thus, the accuracy of the intended message and its discursive effect will be

lost. In this section, a detailed analysis of article (1) will be conducted to investigate the

use of the strategy of deletion by the four translators in the sample.

i. Translator A:

Translator A rarely used the strategy of deletion in his translation. It is noticed

that he used the strategy of deletion when he was rendering the details of the attack

where the “Palestinian terrorist” murdered “a young Israeli man”. The JP

78

intentionally used the topos of humanitarianism in describing the victim as a young

man to touch the hearts of the target readers in:

Eg. 1: “Pinchas then described peeking through the blinds as the terrorist

stabbed a young man repeatedly in the chest”.

However, translator A chose to counter the ideology in the source text by deleting

the word “young” and render it as “إسرائيلي” in addition to deleting the phrase “the

terrorist” and rendering the sentence as:

من خالل الستائر وتشاهد رائد وهو يقدم على وأضافت سيجال أنها كانت تختلس النظر طعن إسرائيلي بعدة طعنات في صدره

In the source text, the writer mentioned that “Hamas praises “heroic” operation”

to show the target readers that Hamas is a ‘terrorist’ organization which supports

terrorism and murdering ‘victims’. However, Translator A chose to delete this clause

completely mentioning nothing about Hamas in translating:

Eg. 2: “Suspect, a 36-year-old man from the Hebron area, is apprehended by

bystanders who subdued him until police forces arrived; Hamas praises "heroic"

operation”

وعرف منفذ عملية الطعن على انه شاب فلسطيني يدعى رائد خليل محمود، يبلغ من العمر عاما، وهو من سكان مدينة دورا جنوبي الضفة الغربية المحتلة، متزوج وأب لخمسة أوالد. 36

In his translation of article (3), translator A used the strategy of deletion on a

limited scale. In the second paragraph of the article, the writer commented on the

IDF’s recommendations that :

Eg. 3:“it probably wasn’t the message that most of the battered populace

wanted to hear”

He used the word “battered” which in Arabic means “المحطم” or “المعتدى عليهم” to

describe the Israelis to affect the humanitarian side of the readers. However,

translator A deleted it in rendering the sentence to deprive them from the sympathy

79

and support they may get and to adapt the text to affect the new target audience.

Hence, the translation came as follows:

لم تكن على االرجح هذه هي الرسالة التي أراد غالبية جمهور الكيان االسرائيلي ان يسمعها.

On the other hand, when rendering the paragraph where the JP writer described

the Palestinians who carry out the attacks against Israelis, he deleted the words,

which have a negative connotation about the Palestinians.

Eg. 4: “According to the IDF, the bulk of the terrorist attacks have been

perpetrated by unorganized gangs or lone wolves, and not by the usual suspects like

Hamas or Islamic Jihad. These mostly untrained assailants (some as young as 13)”

The writer described the Palestinians using negative attributes as “unorganized

gangs or lone wolves” and “untrained assailants”, but the translator deleted these

words and wrote:

وفقا لتقديرات الجيش أن معظم من قام بالعمليات الهجومية التي استهدفت اإلسرائيليين هم أشخاص غير مشتبه بانتمائهم لتنظيمات كحركتي حماس والجهاد االسالمي، بل على األغلب هم

عاما. 13أشخاص منفردين وغير موجهين، منهم من هو دون سن

Translator A has countered the negative attributes by simply deleting them and

avoiding any semantic clashes.

At the end of article (3), the writer ends up by expressing how sincere and keen

they are to stay human in spite of all the inhumane acts against Israelis in:

Eg. 5: “Amid the anguish the country is experiencing, it is a glowing testament

to our principles that our defense minister chose to speak about protecting our

values and remaining humane in the face of inhumane acts against us.”

It is a way through which the writer wants to gain support and to prove to the whole

world that Israelis are only defending themselves and never do anything that is

considered inhumane unlike Palestinians whose attacks are so violent and inhumane.

However, the translator did not give any attention to that sentence and deleted it all.

80

ii. Translator B

Translator B used the strategy of deletion on different levels. To begin with the first

article, translator B chose to delete the word “terrorist” from the headline:

Eg. 1: “Palestinian Terrorist Kills Two in South Tel Aviv Stabbing Attack”.

He rendered it as:

ردا على الجرائم الصهيونية، فلسطيني ينفذ عملية فدائية في تل ابيب

He used the word “فلسطيني” and deleted the word “terrorist”. By doing this, the translator

deleted a piece of information, which is deemed necessary for the JP writer to attribute

bad traits to the Palestinians (out-group).

The JP also used the topos of humanitarianism in providing information about the

murdered people to affect the international reader in:

Eg. 2: “The victims were named as Aviram Reuven, 51, from Ramle, and Aharon

Yisayev, 32, from Holon”

Translator B deleted the whole line not letting any reader feel sorry about the ‘victims’.

These sentences were concealed to reduce the hideousness of the attack in the eyes of

the target readers.

After mentioning the names and ages of the murdered, the JP devotes one paragraph

to give details about the setting of the attack (time and place description). Furthermore,

another 16 lines were devoted to giving details about the attack itself as seen by eye-

witnesses. Translator B deleted them all giving the Israeli side no opportunity to appear

as the victim. By doing so, the translator reduced the humanitarian effect, which these

details might have on the western reader.

As for the Israeli reaction after the attack, the JP used the topos of defense to prove

that they take defensive measures to protect themselves when the writer mentions that

“three women carrying knives were arrested”. The writer was keen to view the Israelis

as only self-defenders through mentioning that the women were only arrested but “No

shots were fired and no one was injured in the incident”. Translator B rendered all what

was done to the three women, but also deleted the line about the action being ‘clean’

81

without mentioning the Israelis as attackers who arrest women only for suspicions of

carrying knives. Thus, he rendered:

Eg.3: “The three women were spotted next to the fence and were stopped by officers.

During a search, they were found to be carrying knives and were taken into custody. No

shots were fired and no one was injured in the incident, the IDF Spokesman said”

اعتقلت قوات االحتالل ثالث فلسطينيات لمجرد مرورهن بالقرب من السياج الخارجي لمركز الضفة الغربية.عسكري تابع لالحتالل في

In a similar context, the JP mentioned another ‘defensive’ action where:

Eg.4: “the Shin Bet and the Israel Police said that they had arrested a group of two

adults and 10 minors from the village of Bir a-Sika who they said were involved in two

incidents in which rocks and firebombs were thrown at motorists on Route 6. No one

was injured in the incidents”.

The JP followed the same system used in the previous paragraph of mentioning what

they did as a defensive action against the ‘Palestinian terrorists’ attacks and then appear

innocent in mentioning that they caused no harm nor shed any drop of blood. However,

translator B deleted the charge the Palestinians were accused with. In addition, he

deleted the last sentence about the arrest being done peacefully without any injuries and

rendered it as:

هاجمت قوات االحتالل قرية بير سيكا الخميس الماضي حيث اختطفت مواطنين فلسطينيين .”إضافة الي عشرة اطفال آخرين بحجة تعرضهم لمدرعات الجيش بالحجارة.

Translator B also used the strategy of deletion in his translation of article (3). In the

second paragraph, the writer in the JP mentioned some suggestions that should be

followed to enhance the PA. These recommendations, according to the JP, might help:

Eg. 5: “The recommendations include enabling PA security forces – deemed a

moderating influence in the area – to acquire more firearms and armored vehicles,

releasing Palestinian prisoners with light security offenses, and increasing the number

82

of Israeli work visas for West Bank Palestinians to bolster the Palestinian economy and

theoretically moderate the ongoing terrorism against Israelis.”

This sentence carries one positive statement for Palestinians, which is enhancing the

economy and another one, which was considered ideologically loaded by the translator

since it accuses the Palestinians of being terrorists. Accordingly, the translator did not

translate the negative one and sufficed with the positive one in:

أن توصيات جيش االحتالل تضمنت تزويد قوات االمن التابعة للسلطة باألسلحة النارية لإلفراج عن السجناء الفلسطينيين المدانين بجرائم أمنية خفيفة، وكذلك زيادة عدد والمدرعات، إضافة

تأشيرات العمل "اإلسرائيلية" للعمال الفلسطينيين في الضفة الغربية من اجل دعم االقتصاد ”الفلسطيني.

Similar to translator A, translator B also chose to delete the part which describes

Palestinians of being “untrained assailants” and “unorganized gangs or lone wolves”.

Translator B rendered it as “فلسطينيون” and “المواطنين” deleting the negative attributed

used by the JP. By doing this, the translator has succeeded in countering the ideological

connotations embedded in the source text and viewed Palestinians as normal “citizens”

defending their lands unlike how the JP viewed them as ‘assailants’ and ‘lone wolves’.

In another part of the article, the writer mentions that the coordination between the

PA and Israel has prevented some attacks, but instead of getting directly to the point and

mentioning the PA’s credit of stopping some attacks, the writer wanted to remind the

readers that many more ‘heartbreaking’ cases of attacks did take place instead as in:

Eg. 6: “Despite the gruesome headlines and heartbreaking stories – whether it’s

Eitam and Naama Heinkin who were murdered on October 1 in their car in front of their

small children, 18-year-old US citizen Ezra Schwartz, who was killed last week at an

Alon Shvut intersection, or the most recent victim, IDF soldier Ziv Mizrahi, who met his

fate at the Dor Alon gas station along Route 443 near Modi’in on Monday – the

continued cooperation between the IDF and PA security forces has undoubtedly

prevented even more attacks from taking place.”

83

On his part, translator B went directly to the point and ignored all what was written

about the ‘heartbreaking’ stories of attacks and the ‘Israeli victims’ sufferings’ and

deleted it all in:

يوني أيضا أن التعاون المستمر بين قوات االحتالل "اإلسرائيلية" مع قوات وقال الجيش الصه األمن التابعة للسلطة الفلسطينية قد منع الكثير من الهجمات قبل حدوثها

iii. Translator C

Similar to the previous translators, translator C also used the strategy of deletion in

rendering article (1). Starting with the headline, translator C also deleted the word

“terrorist” from “Palestinian Terrorist” and rendered it as “فلسطيني”. Translator C also

chose not to call the eye-witnesses with their names. Instead, she chose the word

referring to the eye-witnesses who narrated the attack as they ”مستوطن“ and ”مستوطنة“

have seen it. This deletion, in fact, may imply two important points.

Eg.1: Sigal Pinchas, an employee of a small publishing house across from the Judaica

store, also saw the attack unfold, and fought back tears as she described her close brush

with death and the brutality she had just witnessed only meters away.

“I was walking to my car”

قالت مستوطنة: " كنت أسير باتجاه سيارتي" Eg. 2: “Bachar said he heard shouting”

خر بأنه سمع صراخًا في المكان فيما أفاد مستوطن آ

It can be inferred that translator C does not want to humanize the Israelis, since having

names is something which characterizes humans. Thus, she dehumanizes them and calls

them by their reality, which is being “settlers” only. Secondly, she may wants to give a

sense that their stories lack credibility. When a ‘settler’ or a ‘land usurper’ narrates

his/her witness, it is expected that he will make the ‘other’ appear as a devil. Translator

C decreased the effect of the eyewitness narrations by reminding the readers that they

are merely “settlers”.

84

Not only deleting the names of the Israeli eye-witnesses, translator C also deleted

several lines which are deemed necessary for the JP to highlight the humanitarian aspect

of the article. Translator C deleted all these sentences in:

Eg. 3: “Sigal Pinchas, an employee of a small publishing house across from the

Judaica store, also saw the attack unfold, and fought back tears as she described her

close brush with death and the brutality she had just witnessed only meters away”, in

““I was supposed to be right there,” she said, shaking her head and walking back inside

the office”

Eg. 4: ““I tried to help him, but he died in my hands. I was holding him there and

he just died before help could come,” he said”.

By doing so, she also deactivates the humanitarian aspect, which was amplified

purposefully in the source text. In her translation of article (3), translator C also used the

deletion strategy. In describing the Israeli populace in:

Eg. 5: “it probably wasn’t the message that most of the battered populace wanted to

hear”

بالتأكيد لن تكون هذه الرسالة التي يأمل معظم اإلسرائيليون سماعه

She deleted the word ‘battered’ and thus reduced the topos of humanitarianism in the

source text. She also deleted another part which is written for getting sympathy in:

Eg. 6: “Despite the gruesome headlines and heartbreaking stories – whether it’s Eitam

and Naama Heinkin who were murdered on October 1 in their car in front of their small

children, 18-year-old US citizen Ezra Schwartz, who was killed last week at an Alon

Shvut intersection, or the most recent victim, IDF soldier Ziv Mizrahi, who met his fate

at the Dor Alon gas station along Route 443 near Modi’in on Monday”.

She rendered it as “ لمقالة نماذجاً وصفتها بالقصص "المروعة" عن حوادث سقوط قتلى في عمليات و أوردت ا

In this way, translator C summarized all the sufferings of the Israelis mentioned .”فلسطينية

in the JP article in one general line that does not touch the heart as much as the source

text does. Accordingly, it is clear that she could neutralize the message and give them no

chance of getting sympathy from the part of the international reader. Although the word

is emotively expressive, but the translator put it between two commas, which ”مروعة“

85

means that she does not believe it, or at least she wants the readers to understand that

this word was written from the point of view of the source text writer. In other words,

this does not mean that this word is true or that she believes it.

Similar to the previous translators, translator C also deleted the negative traits, which

were attributed to the Palestinians who carry out the attacks against the Israelis.

Eg. 7: “the bulk of the terrorist attacks have been perpetrated by unorganized gangs or

lone wolves, and not by the usual suspects like Hamas or Islamic Jihad. These mostly

untrained assailants (some as young as 13)”

فإن معظم العمليات الهجومية التي سجلت كانت قد نفذت من قبل مجموعات شبابية غير سالمي وحماس، ما يعني أن هؤالء الشبان/الفتية منظمة، على غير المعتاد من جهات كالجهاد اإل

عاما( 13)الذين تتراوح أعمارهم بين

She deleted the words “untrained assailants” and “unorganized gangs or lone wolves”

The words she used in “مجموعات شبابية” and “فتية” make the reader feel like these men are

a group of freedom fighters or at least honorable patriotic men who are loyal to their

country and initiated defending their land through these attacks. Any reader of this part

would sympathize with those men’s right to defend themselves and their land. Thus,

translator C succeeded in gaining more respect and sympathy for the Palestinians

through her choice of words.

iv. Translator D

Translator D rarely used the deletion strategy. In two similar cases, he deleted the

word ‘terrorist’ from the headline: “Palestinian Terrorist Kills Two in South Tel Aviv

Stabbing Attack” and in another sentence in which the writer was giving details about

the attacker and describing him as “a Palestinian Terrorist” in: “ A Palestinian terrorist

armed with a knife murdered two Israelis”. Translator D chose to delete the word

“terrorist” and render it as “فلسطيني” only. These were the only cases where the strategy

of deletion was used in rendering article (1) by translator D. In article (3), the writer

described the Israeli families who were suffering from the attacks as being “battered” in:

“it probably wasn’t the message that most of the battered populace wanted to hear.”

However, translator D chose to delete the word “battered” when rendering the sentence

86

as: “ ك الرسالة التي أرادها معظم السكان الذين يتعرضون لتلك العمليات سماعهاربما لم تكن تل ”. This might

go back to the fact that the translator does not want to interfere with the text deeming

faithfulness to the source text more important than faithfulness to the target reader.

Unlike the case in the previous articles, translator D did not use the strategy of

deletion at all in his rendering of the second article. Instead, he followed the source text

line by line carrying out no instances of intervention in the source text. He kept the

ideologically embedded items as they are and did not try to add his own ideological

traces in his translation.

5.3.2 Addition

Opposite to deletion, addition is sometimes considered to be necessary. Schäffner

(2004) states that it may be necessary to add additional information that might not be

known by the target reader. Addition also may take the form of adding certain words,

clauses, or even paragraphs. It may be used to clarify vague pieces of information

relating to important cultural or ideological aspects that the new target readership may

not know because they were hidden on purpose. More specific to the context of this

study, the background information to the Israeli aggression against the Palestinians was

deemed necessary by some translators, for example.

i. Translator A

In analyzing the translated article rendered by translator A, one can notice that

there are some cases where addition was performed on the lexical level where one word

or more were added for specific purposes. Table (5.5) lists some of the examples where

one or more words were added in rendering the source text.

87

Table (5.5): Additions made by translator A in rendering the source texts

Article No Source text Target text Added items

1

1 Suspect, a 36-year-old man from

the Hebron area

من سكان مدينة دورا جنوبي الضفة

المحتلةالغربية المحتلة

2 in a southern Tel Aviv office

building

داخل مبنى جنوب مدينة تل أبيب

المحتلة المحتلة

3

One of the diners said the men

were put into a police vehicle and

taken from the scene.

أفاد أحد األشخاص المتواجدين داخل

المطعم بأن شرطة االحتالل وضعت

الموظفين األربعة مكبلين في عربة

واقتادتهم الى جهة غير تابعة لها

معلومة.

واقتادتهم الى جهة

غير معلومة.

4 three women carrying knives بزعم حيازتهم لسكاكين بزعم

5

as the three approached the fence

of a military post in the West

Bank

ومحاولتهم االقتراب من نقطة عسكرية

لقوات جيش االحتالل االسرائيلي في

المحتلةالضفة الغربية

المحتلة

2

6

Adais butchered Meir in her home مراد ... الذي أقدم على تنفيذ عملية

طعن أسفرت عن مقتل اإلسرائيلية

في مستوطنة دافنا مئير داخل منزلها

عتنائيل المقامة على أراضي

المواطنين الفلسطينيين جنوبي مدينة

.الخليل

في مستوطنة عتنائيل

المقامة على أراضي

المواطنين

الفلسطينيين جنوبي

مدينة الخليل

7 And so he played to his audience.

وعليه لعب دور العازف على أوتار

, على حد زعمها.الجماهير على حد زعمها.

8

that propaganda reflects the

murderous hatred that the vast

majority of Palestinians feel

toward Israelis and Israel.

الدعاية تعكس مدى "الكراهية القاتلة"

التي تشعر بها األغلبية العظمى من

الشعب الفلسطيني حيال "إسرائيل"

على حد زعمها.ومن فيها,

على حد زعمها.

9

labeling Jewish-made products

from Judea, Samaria and

Jerusalem

اإلسرائيلية المستوطناتوسم منتجات

المحتلتينوالقدس في الضفة الغربية المستوطنات

المحتلتين

10

illegal Palestinian settlement

outside the national heritage site

of Sussiya

إقامته على موقع أثرى إسرائيلي بحجة

بحجة

11

The dual purpose of that specific

EU-financed illegal building

project

الغاية المزدوجة أن وزعمت الباحثة

وزعمت الباحثة من مشروع البناء

12 building new Israeli communities استيطانية جديدة استيطانيةبناء مجتمعات

3

13

recommendations issued by the

IDF to the government

التوصيات... التي من شأنها ان تساعد

االحتاللحكومة

االحتالل

14

... have been influenced by

Palestinian incitement

أن هؤالء وزعمت الصحيفة

األشخاص كانوا قد تأثروا

"بالتحريض" الفلسطيني

وزعمت الصحيفة

15

Via textbooks and media that

raises generations of Palestinians

to view Israelis as sub-human

usurpers.

التي وسائل االعالم والكتب المطبوعة

ان اليهود مغتصبون تجسد حقيقة

ألرض فلسطين. التي تجسد حقيقة

88

For instance, when rendering the names of Palestinian cities, translator A insisted

on adding the word “المحتلة” after the name of the city or the area as in rendering:

Eg. 1: “A Palestinian terrorist armed with a knife murdered two Israelis and

moderately wounded a third during a rampage in a southern Tel Aviv office building”

نفذ شاب فلسطيني بعد ظهر يوم الخميس عملية طعن داخل مبنى جنوب مدينة تل أبيب استهدف فيها عددا من اإلسرائيليين المحتلة

Eg. 2: “resident of Dura in the West Bank southwest of Hebron”

المحتلةمن سكان مدينة دورا جنوبي الضفة الغربية

Eg. 3: “Mahmoud worked legally at a restaurant near the scene of the attack,

had a permit to be in Israel”

عمل رائد بشكل قانوني في مطعم اسرائيلي على مقربة من مكان وقوع العملية، حيث يملك ي المحتلةتصريح عمل داخل األراضي الفلسطينية

In a similar context, translator added the word “احتالل” whenever the word

“police” was mentioned to remind the reader that this is not a normal police like that we

may find in any legal country. Instead, it is an occupation police, which is illegal exactly

as the illegal country it represents. He translated:

Eg. 4: “Tel Aviv police”

”شرطة االحتالل“

Eg. 5: “police with guns drawn charged into the eatery and pulled out four Arab

kitchen employees in handcuffs”

توجه بنادقها نحو المطعم وتعتقل أربعة موظفين عرب يعملون في االحتاللوإذا بشرطة “ ”مطبخ المطعم.

Eg. 6: “One of the diners said the men were put into a police vehicle and taken

from the scene”

89

وضعت الموظفين األربعة مكبلين في عربة تابعة لها واقتادتهم الى االحتاللبأن شرطة “ ”جهة غير معلومة.

Translator A also interfered in the source text. When translating how the police

arrested four Arab workers from a restaurant in:

Eg. 7: “One of the diners said the men were put into a police vehicle and taken

from the scene”

Translator A added a clause to the original sentence in:

وضعت الموظفين االحتاللأفاد أحد األشخاص المتواجدين داخل المطعم بأن شرطة “ ”.ى جهة غير معلومةواقتادتهم الاألربعة مكبلين في عربة تابعة لها

When the translator added the clause “اقتادتهم إلى جهة غير معلومة” to the original sentence,

he injected the text with two important points. First, he assures to the readers that this

police is illegal because no laws allow arresting people in unknown places since this

would be called ‘kidnapping’. The second point, which is also very important is that he

wants to show the readers that this police deals with Palestinians inhumanely and against

human rights, the convention which Israelis claim that Palestinians violate by carrying

out these attacks.

To reduce the credibility of the JP perspective, translator A added the word

when translating the part about arresting three Palestinian women who were ”بزعم“

carrying knives. The JP’s narration was direct and used the words “carrying knives” as

an adjective to the women, the thing that convinces the reader that this narrative is

totally correct as in:

Eg. 8: “three women carrying knives were arrested by IDF soldiers, as the three

approached the fence of a military post in the West Bank”.

However, translator A countered the ideology embedded in the source text through

adding the word “بزعم” in:

90

أعلن المتحدث باسم جيش االحتالل عن اعتقال قوات االحتالل اإلسرائيلي لثالث فلسطينيات حيازتهم لسكاكين، ومحاولتهم االقتراب من نقطة عسكرية لقوات جيش بزعمصباح الخميس

الضفة الغربية المحتلةاالحتالل االسرائيلي في

By doing so, the translator told the readers that the three women were arrested for doing

nothing and their arrest came as another story of injustice done to the Palestinians. In a

similar context, translator A added the word “ لصحيفةزعمت ا ” when rendering the JP’s

claim that the Palestinians are influenced by the Palestinian incitement. She rendered:

Eg. 9: “have been influenced by Palestinian incitement”

.”أن هؤالء األشخاص كانوا قد تأثروا "بالتحريض" الفلسطيني وزعمت الصحيفة“

Another word that serves the same purpose of reducing the credibility of the JP’s

narration is the word “بحجة”. In rendering:

Eg. 10: “outside the national heritage site of Sussiya”

The translator refused to mention that there is an Israeli ‘national heritage’, thus he

added the word “بحجة” to tell the reader that it is not true that they have heritage of the

Palestinian land and that they are only claiming that in:

إقامته على موقع أثرى إسرائيلي. بحجة

On the other hand, the writer mentioned that the Palestinian:

Eg. 11: “textbooks and media .. raise generations of Palestinians to view Israelis

as sub-human usurpers”.

The translator wanted to assure that this is not something claimed or imagined about

Israel to deform its image in the eyes of Palestinians and view it as a usurper country.

Instead, he asserted that this is a fact that is mentioned in the Palestinian books and

media through adding the words “تجسد حقيقة” in:

ان اليهود مغتصبون ألرض فلسطين التي تجسد حقيقةوسائل االعالم والكتب المطبوعة

91

ii. Translator B

Translator B used the addition strategy on word level, clause level as well as

sentence level. Table (5.6) lists the additions practiced on the basic level through adding

one or more words.

Table (5.6): Additions made by translator B in rendering the source texts

Article No Source text Target text Added items

1

1 A Palestinian terrorist armed with a

knife murdered two Israelis

عملية فدائية نفذ مواطن فلسطيني

ضد المستوطنين الصهاينة

عملية فدائية ضد

المستوطنين الصهاينة

2 in a southern Tel Aviv office

building

في مدينة في مبنى للمكاتب التجارية

تل أبيب. /تل الربيع المحتلة

في مدينة تل الربيع

المحتلة

3

resident of Dura in the West Bank

southwest of Hebron

من سكان دورا جنوب غرب مدينة

.المحتلةالخليل

المحتلة

4

pulled out four Arab kitchen

employees in handcuffs.

بأربعة من العمال العرب في ونكلت

واقتادتهم الي جهة المطعم ثم اعتقلتهم

مجهولة.

ونكلت

واقتادتهم الي جهة

مجهولة.

5 three women carrying knives قوات االحتالل أنها وجدت زعمت

سكاكين في حوزة كل منهن زعمت

6

for rioting and throwing stones and

firebombs at Israeli civilians.

أنهم يتعرضون للمستوطنين بزعم

الصهاينة

بزعم

7

Dehaishe refugee camp outside

Bethlehems

مخيم دهيشة لالجئين الفلسطينيين

في الضفة الغربية خارج بيت لحم

المحتلة

في الضفة الغربية

المحتلة

8

involved in two incidents in which

rocks and firebombs were thrown at

motorists

تعرضهم لمدرعات الجيش بحجة

بالحجارة.

بحجة

2

9

coordinated US-led political

offensive against Israel.

الواليات المتحدة تقود هجوما منسقا

ما يسمى بإسرائيل ما يسمىضد

10

the US and the EU work hand in

glove with Palestinian terrorists

غليك أن الواليات المتحدة زعم

واالتحاد األوروبي يعمالن مع

المقاومين الفلسطينيين

زعم

11

Shapiro’s slanderous accusation

channeled and escalated his boss

Secretary of State John Kerry’s

anti-Israel libel from two years ago.

الكاتب الصهيوني أن وزعم

تصريحات شابيروا أعطت مضمونا

لكيري كي ينتقد إسرائيل وزعم

12 if Israel didn’t cough up Judea,

Samaria and Jerusalem soon,

لم تقم ما تسمى ب "إسرائيل" بتهدئة

المحتلةاجراءاتها في الضفة الغربية المحتلة

13

labeling Jewish-made products

from Judea, Samaria and Jerusalem

منتجات المستوطنات الصهيونية في

المحتلةاراضي الضفة الغربية

وكذلك القدس

المحتلة

14 murderous hatred that the vast

majority of Palestinians feel toward

وانهم ممتلئون بالكراهية لالحتالل

وأنهم الصهيوني والمستوطنين,

وأنهم يدعمون

الفدائيين واالعمال

92

Article No Source text Target text Added items

Israelis and Israel.

يدعمون الفدائيين واالعمال الفدائية

ضد االحتالل.

الفدائية ضد

االحتالل.

15

the government should attack the

radical Left in Israel and in the

West that supports a society that

seeks to annihilate Israel, applauds

barbarism and kills anyone who

wishes to live at peace with Israel.

و دعا الي قمع اليسار الصهيوني

الذي يطالب باالعتدال في التعامل مع

القابع تحت الشعب الفلسطيني

واصفا اياه بانه يدعم االحتالل,

على يني االرهابي المجتمع الفلسط

حد تعبيره.

القابع تحت االحتالل,

على حد تعبيره.

16

he government should act

forcefully to remove all of the EU-

constructed illegal Palestinian

settlements

الحكومة كما دعا الكاتب الصهيوني

أن تدمر كافة االحياء الصهيونية

ي يمولها االتحاد الفلسطينية الت

األوروبي

كما دعا الكاتب

الصهيوني

الصهيونية

3

17

the IDF’s recommendations should

be seriously considered and

hopefully adopted by the

government lowing two months of

unrelenting terrorist attacks waged

by Palestinians

ان االجراءات التي اوصى زاعمة

بها الجيش أدت الي انخفاض أحداث

االنتفاضة الفلسطينية على مدار

شهرين متتاليتين. زاعمة

18

It may be convenient to place the

blame for the current state of affairs

on all Palestinians

الصهيونية أن وزعمت الصحيفة

جميع الفلسطينيين مدانون في هذا

السياق

وزعمت الصحيفة

19 the vast bulk of the Palestinian

population of the West Bank

األكبر من السكان الفلسطينيين في

المحتلةالضفة الغربية المحتلة

20

organizational incitement via

textbooks

التي التحريض في الكتب المدرسية

تتحدث عن اعتداءات االحتالل على

شعب وارض فلسطين.

التي تتحدث عن

اعتداءات االحتالل

على شعب وارض

فلسطين.

21

that could in turn drag the armed

terrorist organizations into the

equation.

سيؤدي الي مزيد من االحتجاجات

وربما سحب التنظيمات الفلسطينية

من خالل تنفيذ ودخولها للمواجهة

المزيد من اعمال المقاومة .

من خالل تنفيذ المزيد

من اعمال المقاومة .

22

IDF recommendations… is to strive

to allow both the Arab and Jewish

civilians in Judea and Samaria to

live their lives as freely as possible.

الجيش الصهيوني سيسعى لمنح

الفلسطينيين حياة طبيعية ولكنه

, دون أن سيحارب االرهابيين منهم

يذكر أي تفسير للكيفية التي سينفذ

االحتالل بها هذه المزاعم.

, دون أن يذكر أي

تفسير للكيفية التي

سينفذ االحتالل بها

لمزاعم.هذه ا

To start with, he tended to add the word “فدائية” describing the “attack” in:

Eg. 1: “Palestinian Terrorist Kills Two in South Tel Aviv Stabbing Attack”

ردا على الجرائم الصهيونية، فلسطيني ينفذ عملية فدائية في تل ابيب، وحماس تشيد بالعمليةInstead of translating the word “stabbing attack” in the headline literally, he chose to use

but he also started the headline by ,”فدائية“ Not only did he add the word .”ينفذ عملية فدائية“

93

adding “ردا على الجرائم الصهيونية” which gives the reader the impression that all what is

coming about the attack will only be considered as a reaction to what Israelis do.

Furthermore, he added the word “المحتلة” whenever he came to translate a name

of a city or a Palestinian territory as in rendering:

Eg. 2: “Tel Aviv” into “تل الربيع المحتلة”

Eg. 3: “and resident of Dura in the West Bank southwest of Hebron”

”.المحتلةمن سكان دورا جنوب غرب مدينة الخليل “

The translator added the word “محتلة” also to remind the reader that it is not the Israeli’s

and they are only occupiers.

Another instance where words were added to interfere in the source text is when

translator B added the word “لمجرد” when reporting the arrest of the three Palestinian

women. The JP reported clearly that they were carrying knives:

Eg. 4: “as the three approached the fence of a military post in the West Bank”.

لمجرد مرورهن بالقرب من السياج الخارجي لمركز عسكري تابع لالحتالل فى الضفة “ ”الغربية

Adding the word “لمجرد” conveyed a hidden message to the reader, which is the fact that

those women’s arrest is unfair and illegal. He did not even admit that they were actually

having knives, so he added the word “زعمت” when translating:

Eg. 5: “three women carrying knives”

”وات االحتالل أنها وجدت سكاكين في حوزة كل منهنزعمت ق“

In similar contexts, the JP reported that some Palestinians were arrested for

attacking ‘Israeli citizens’ or ‘motorists’ in:

Eg. 6: “they arrested 18 wanted men – 17 of them for rioting and throwing stones and

firebombs at Israeli civilians” and “Police said that they had arrested a group of two

94

adults and 10 minors from the village of Bir a-Sika who they said were involved in two

incidents in which rocks and firebombs were thrown at motorists on Route 6.”

The translator rendered the first one adding the word “بحجة” in:

اختطفت مواطنين فلسطينيين إضافة الي عشرة اطفال آخرين بحجة تعرضهم لمدرعات “ ”الجيش بالحجارة

And rendered the second one adding the word “بزعم” in “ مواطنا فلسطينيا بزعم 18واختطفت

للمستوطنين الصهاينةأنهم يتعرضون ”.

On the clause level, translator B used the strategy of addition in different instances.

First, he started the headline with a clause he added. The JP article started with:

“Palestinian Terrorist Kills Two in South Tel Aviv Stabbing Attack”. However, it

was rendered as “ ردا على الجرائم الصهيونية, فلسطيني ينفذ عملية فدائية في تل ابيب, وحماس تشيد

at the beginning to prepare the ”ردا على الجرائم الصهيونية“ He added the clause .”بالعملية

reader to consider all what comes as a reaction or a self-defensive action rather than a

terrorist attack. By doing so, he aims to have the reader on his side.

After deleting all the details reported by the JP on the attack itself, translator B

rendered the sentence written in the JP about how finally ‘civilians overpowered him’

totally different:

Eg. 7: “civilians overpowered him and held him until police arrived”

أوشك على الموت بفعل الضرب والتنكيل وذكرت صحيفة جيروساليم بوست أن محمود “ ”الصهاينة قبل ان تعتقله قوات الشرطة الصهيونية على يد المستوطنين

He added a new clause in which he accused those civilians of severely beating the

attacker He not only accused them, but also wrote that it was mentioned in the article in

the JP what gives more credibility to his narration. Another accusation was directed

towards the police for carrying out:

”حملة تفتيش ومداهمات واسعة ضد العمال العرب“

95

This clause was not mentioned in the source text where the writer only wrote that:

Eg. 8: “diners at a Bukharan restaurant on Ben-Zvi Street said they were eating lunch

and having drinks not long after the stabbings when police with guns drawn charged

into the eatery and pulled out four Arab kitchen employees in handcuffs”.

The translator added the clause to inform the reader that this is the norm and

generally, all Palestinians are punished for what happens to Israelis not only the attacker

himself. Specifically speaking, the JP article reads “One of the diners said the men were

put into a police vehicle and taken from the scene”, but the translator added that the

police attacked the four Arab employees and kidnapped them in “ ونكلت بأربعة من العمال

.”العرب في المطعم ثم اعتقلتهم واقتادتهم الي جهة مجهولة

On the sentence level, translator B added three lines after rendering the news

about arresting three when for carrying knives. He wrote:

وكما هو المعتاد لتبرير اعتداءاتها ضد االطفال والنساء زعمت قوات االحتالل أنها وجدت سكاكين في حوزة كل منهن، وهي حجة معروفة تتذرع بها قوات االحتالل لتنفيذ جرائمها من قتل

الل الصهيوني واعتقال بحق المواطنين الفلسطينيين، إذ وثق العديد من النشطاء قيام جنود االحت بدس السكاكين في أغراض المواطنين الفلسطينيين اثناء اعتقالهم او بعد قتلهم

Of course, these sentences were not mentioned in the JP article. The translator

added them to explain to the reader that this is a fake crime which the Israeli police

usually accuses the Palestinians with to justify their illegal arrest. In a similar context, he

added five lines at the very end of the article to inform the reader who might not have

any knowledge about the background information of the attack. He started the article

saying that the attack came as a reaction on the Israeli attacks and offensive crimes

against the Palestinians. Thus, it was logical to end it with a paragraph that proves that

there are plenty of cases where Palestinians were attacked whether they were women,

children or old people. Accordingly, translator B added:

جدير بالذكر أن قوات االحتالل تنفذ حملة مداهمات واعتقاالت بشكل مستمر ضد المواطنين الفلسطينيين في الضفة الغربية المحتلة. والتي في معظمها تتم في منتصف الليل ما يضفى حالة

96

ساط االطفال والنساء ، حيث تصطحب قوات االحتالل الكالب البوليسية اثناء من الرعب والفزع او المداهمات وتعبث بمحتويات المنازل وتعتقل المواطنين وتنكل بهم امام اطفالهم ونسائهم. ويقبع في

اسير فلسطيني يعاني مئات منهم من االمراض واالهمال 7000السجون االسرائيلية اكثر من لتعذيب والحرمان من الزيارةالطبي فضال عن ا

iii. Translator C

Translator C rarely used the strategy of addition in rendering the three articles on the

basic level of adding a word or more inside the sentences. Table (5.7) lists the cases

where addition was performed in the translations of translator C.

Table (5.7): Additions made by translator C in rendering the source texts

Article No Source text Target text Added items

1 1 resident of Dura in the West Bank

southwest of Hebron

من مدينة دورا الخليل في الضفة

المحتلة

المحتلة

2 three women carrying knives were

arrested by IDF soldiers,

اعتقل جنود االحتالل ثالث

سيدات بحجة حيازتهم لسكين

بحجة

3 them for rioting and throwing

stones and firebombs at Israeli

civilians.

على خلفية أعمال شغب و إلقاء

الحجارة و القنابل الحارقة على

مستوطنين إسرائيليين على حسب

مزاعم الرواية اإلسرائيلية.

على حسب مزاعم

الرواية اإلسرائيلية.

2 4 insights lead to one clear

conclusion about the nature of the

current Palestinian terrorism

campaign against Israelis

عوامل تؤثر مباشرة على

"الهجوم اإلرهابي الفلسطيني

الحالي" على حد تعبيره.

على حد تعبيره.

5 Jews have no right to the Land of

Israel, and therefore our state has

no right to exist

اليهود ليس لهم الحق في ما

وصفه "أرض إسرائيل" بمعنى

أنكار حق "دولتهم" في الوجود

على حد تعبير الكاتب.

على حد تعبير الكاتب

6 they are the loyal representatives of

their terrorism-supporting society.

ممثلين مخلصين" لما أسماه

"المجتمع الداعم لإلرهاب".

أسماهلما

7 By falsely alleging that من خالل ما أسماه الكاتب

"االدعاء الكاذب"

ما أسماه

8 America blames Israel for their

barbarism.

أمريكا تلقي باللوم على إسرائيل

لما أطلق عليهم "وحشيتهم".

لما أطلق

9 The government should act

forcefully to remove all of the EU-

constructed illegal Palestinian

settlements

على الحكومة أن تتصرف بقوة

إلزالة جميع ما أسماه

"المستوطنات الفلسطينية غير

القانونية"

ما أسماه

10 to deny the historic significance of

the ancient Jewish city of Sussiya.

وإنكار األهمية التاريخية لمدينة

سوسيا اليهودية القديمة على حد

تعبيره

على حد تعبيره

97

Article No Source text Target text Added items

11 we can begin to prove to the

Palestinians that their faith in

terrorism is no longer justified.

يمكننهم أن يبدؤا باإلثبات

للفلسطينيين أن إيمانهم باإلرهاب

لم يعد له ما يبرره على حد

.تعبيره

تعبيرهعلى حد .

3 12 theoretically moderate the ongoing

terrorism against Israelis.

و نظرياً في مكافحة "اإلرهاب"

المستمر ضد اإلسرائيليين على

حد قول الكاتب.

على حد قول الكاتب.

13 These mostly untrained assailants

(some as young as 13) have been

influenced by Palestinian

incitement

هؤالء الشبان/الفتية )الذين تتراوح

أعمارهم بين 13 عاما( قد تأثروا

بما أسماه "التحريض الفلسطيني,

بما أسماه

14 especially their leaders, and there’s

no shortage of issues that must be

put on their shoulders – from

continued incitement in statements

by Palestinian leaders

بدءاً بما أسماه الكاتب التحريض

المستمر في تصريحات القادة

الفلسطينيين

بما أسماه

15 to more organizational incitement ثم انتقل إلى التحريض التنظيمي

المزعوم

المزعوم

16 that could in turn drag the armed

terrorist organizations into the

equation.

يمكن بدورها أن تسحب

المنظمات "اإلرهابية" المسلحة

إلى الساحة على حد تعبير الكاتب

على حد تعبير الكاتب

17 not infringing on the lives of the

widespread Palestinian population.

وليس التعدي على حياة

الفلسطينيين الذين يتزايد انتشارهم

السكاني بسرعة على حد تعبيره.

على حد تعبيره.

18 “It’s a moral question و في تساؤل مزعوم, قال الكاتب

أن المسألة أخالقية

مزعوم

19 but also provide an answer to the

individual terrorists

ولكن أيضا تقديم إجابة لمن سماهم

باإلرهابيين

لمن سماهم

20

Amid the anguish the country is

experiencing, it is a glowing

testament to our principles that our

defense minister chose to speak

about protecting our values and

remaining humane in the face of

inhumane acts against us.

وختمت المقالة بالحديث خضم

المعاناة المزعومة التي تمر بها

دولة الكيان, كشهادة للمبادئ

المزعومة التي يدعيها وزير

الدفاع في "اإلبقاء على اإلنسانية"

في مواجهة األفعال الالإنسانية

التي ترتكب ضدهم على حد

وصف الكاتب.

المزعومة

المزعومة

حد وصف على

الكاتب.

As it can be seen from the table, translator C tends to add only a word or simple

words. In most cases, she added words that reduces the credibility of the JP narration.

Such words are like “المزعوم/ة” and “بحجة”. For example, when rendering the news about

the arrest of the three Palestinian women, translator C added the word “بحجة” to

translate:

Eg. 1: “three women carrying knives were arrested by IDF soldiers”

98

”اعتقل جنود االحتالل ثالث سيدات بحجة حيازتهم لسكين“After that, she added the words “حسب المزاعم اإلسرائيلية” when translating:

Eg. 2: “as the three approached the fence of a military post in the West Bank, the

IDF Spokesman said”

و حسب المزاعم اإلسرائيلية فقد اقتربت السيدات الثالث من سياج لموقع عسكري في الضفة “ ”الغربية

By doing so, translator C reduced the credibility of the JP’s narration and pushed the

reader to question the news. Thus, she counters the ideology of the JP writer, which was

explicit in the use of the topos of danger and threat through the direct accusation of the

three women as murderers who walk carrying knives.

Another aspect of translator C’s version of translation is that it was in general

faithful in rendering the pieces of information and narrations reported by the JP writer.

However, the translator wanted to make it clear that this does not mean that she believes

what is written or even agrees on the way it was written in. To solve this problem, she

had to add words and expressions at the end of each narration through which she

announces that she is not responsible or even content with what was mentioned. This

was clear in examples 4 – 14 and 16,17,18,19, 20. Such words are like “على حد “ ,”ما أسماه

.”على حد قول الكاتب“ and ,”ما أطلق عليه“ ,”على حد وصف الكاتب“ ,”تعبيره

iv. Translator D

Translator D did not use the strategy of addition except for two cases throughout the

translation of the three articles. These cases are adding the word “المنفذ” to the name

which was used by the JP writer in: “Mahmoud then tried to continue the assault ”محمود“

inside the store”. Translator D rendered this sentence as “ حاول المنفذ محمود مواصلة العملية

However, this addition does not seem to add any ideological traces in the .”داخل المخزن

target text. The second case was adding the word “مستوطنة” in: “IDF soldier Ziv Mizrahi,

who met his fate at the Dor Alon gas station along Route 443 near Modi’in on Monday”

which was rendered as “ الجندي من جيش الدفاع اإلسرائيلي زيف مزراحي, والذي لقي حتفه في محطة الغاز

99

بالقرب من مستوطنة موديعين يوم االثنين 443"دور ألون" على طول طريق ”. In fact, translator D’s use

of the strategy of addition seems to be very rare in his translations. Instead, he stayed

faithful to the source text having no intention to interfere. Hence, the result was a target

text that is rendered loyally without many additions.

5.3.3 Substitution

Substitution refers to a variety of different procedures, but it is generally about

deleting words or phrases and substituting them with other words either for implying

different meaning or different ideological connotations. Schäffner (2004) mentions that

one of these procedures is depersonalization, which occurs through the substitution of

names with professional positions, for example. Summaries rather than more extensive

detailed accounts of sub-events may be given. Sometimes, the translator may substitute

names with ideological connotations by others that best meets the needs of the target

reader.

i. Translator A

Translator A used the strategy of substitution in different places in the text. Table

(5.8) lists the original words used by the source text’s writer, their literal translation, and

their suggested substitutes used by the translator. Words are ordered according to their

position in the source text.

100

Table (5.8): Original Expression and Their Substitutes Used by Translator A

Article No. Source text

expressions Literal translation Target text expression

1

1. Terrorist شاب إرهابي

2. Attack عملية هجوم

3. Suspect منفذ عملية الطعن المشتبه به

4. Worshipers المستوطنين متعبدون

5. People المستوطنين الناس

6. He رائد هو

7. Israeli man مستوطن رجل إسرائيلي

8. Civilians المستوطنين المدنيين

9. The terrorist رائد اإلرهابي

10. The assailant رائد المعتدي

11. The attacker رائد المعتدي

12. Victim الجريح الضحية

13. Victims المصابين الضحايا

14. Israel األراضي الفلسطينية المحتلة إسرائيل

15. Tel Aviv Police شرطة االحتالل شرطة تل أبيب

16. IDF قوات االحتالل اإلسرائيلي قوات جيش الدفاع اإلسرائيلي

2

17. Killers الفلسطينيين القتلة

18. Terrorism تنفيذ الهجمات اإلرهاب

19. Israel أرض فلسطين إسرائيل

20. Lone wolves فلسطينيين الذئاب الوحيدة

21. Judea and Samaria مناطق الضفة الغربية يهودا والسامرة

22. Terrorist onslaught العمليات العدوان اإلرهابي

23. Lone wolves أشخاص منفردين الذئاب الوحيدة

24. Terrorist organization تنظيمات فلسطينية المنظمات اإلرهابية

3

25. Violence موجة العمليات الفلسطينية العنف

26. Israel الخط األخضر إسرائيل

27. Palestinian terrorism الهجمات الفلسطينية اإلرهاب الفلسطيني

28. Terrorist attacks العمليات الهجومية الهجمات اإلرهابية

29. Temple Mount المسجد األقصى جبل الهيكل

30. Defense minister وزير جيش االحتالل وزير الدفاع

As it can be noticed from table (5.8), translator A used the strategy of substitution a

lot in his translation. Purposefully, the JP deforms the image of the Palestinians through

referring to Raed, the attacker, by negative attributes instead of calling him by his name.

This might go back to the writer’s desire to draw a negative image in the mind of the

international reader about the Palestinians. Some of these words are “the terrorist”, “the

assailant”, and “the attacker”. However, translator A countered that ideology through

deleting these words and substituting them by words that are more positive or at least do

not give a negative image about the Palestinians. These words are either a neutral word

101

such as “شاب” or the name of the man such as “رائد”. By doing so, the translator reduces

the negative connotation expressed by the source text and neutralizes the negative

attributes to reduce the negative ideological connotations.

One can also notice that the translator does not recognize Israel as a country, which

has its own troops. Instead of rendering “Israel” as “إسرائيل”, he uses the words “ األراضي

he uses ,”قوات الدفاع االسرائيلية“ Moreover, instead of rendering “IDF” as .”الفلسطينية المحتلة

“ االسرائيلي قوات االحتالل ”. Translator A wants to confirm that ‘Israel’ is not a legal country

and that the name ‘Israel’ is a name which does not refer to a land owned by ‘Israelis’.

He assures that it is originally a ‘Palestinian’ land which is ‘Occupied’ by ‘Israelis’.

Accordingly, he does not recognize the ‘Israeli Defense Forces’ as official troops of a

legal country. Instead, they are only ‘occupation soldiers’.

Another case of intervention in the source text clearly appears in the rendering of the

words which refer to the ‘Israeli’ whether they were the ‘victims’ of the attack or the

‘worshipers’ or eye-witnessed the stabbing attack. Translator A rendered these words

expressing no humanitarian effect by the use of the word ‘جريح” and “مصابين” to render

the word “victim” and the word “مستوطنين” to render the word “worshiper”. By doing so,

the translator countered the topos of humanitarianism used by the writer of the source

text to affect the international reader and gain support and sympathy. Instead, he viewed

these ‘victims’ neutrally using the word “جريح” giving the impression that it is the

normal situation where it usually happens to have injuries in any clash. By using the

word “مستوطنين” instead of “متعبدين” in rendering the word “worshiper”, the translator

reminds the reader that this is not a normal man or woman who eye-witnessed the scene.

Instead, they are ‘settlers’ who usurped this land and lived in it. Hence, the reader will

subconsciously be suspicious about the story narrated by those ‘settlers’ and have a

feeling that they may have exaggerated or changed facts to affect others. Through these

cases of intervention in the text, translator A leaves his own ideological traces in the

target text to meet the ideological needs of the target readers.

102

ii. Translator B

Translator A used the strategy of substitution in different places in the text. Table (9)

lists the original words used by the source text’s writer, their literal translation, and their

suggested substitutes used by the translator.

Table (5.9): Original Expression and Their Substitutes Used by Translator B

Article No. Source text expressions Literal translation Target text expression

1

1. Terrorist مواطن إرهابي

2. Attack فدائيةعملية هجوم

3. Suspect منفذ العملية الفدائية المشتبه به

4. Israel األراضي المحتلة إسرائيل

5. Police قوات االحتالل الصهيوني الشرطة

6. IDF soldiers قوات االحتالل جنود جيش الدفاع اإلسرائيلي

7. IDF قوات االحتالل الصهيوني جيش الدفاع اإلسرائيلي

8. Israeli civilians المستوطنين الصهاينة المدنيين اإلسرائيليين

2

9. Terrorists المقاومين الفلسطينيين اإلرهابيين

10. Judea and Samaria األراضي الفلسطينية المحتلة يهودا والسامرة

11. Jewish products منتجات المستوطنات الصهيونية المنتجات اليهودية

12. Judea and Samaria الضفة الغربية المحتلة يهودا والسامرة

13. Lone wolves األعمال الفردية الذئاب الوحيدة

14. Terrorism-supporting

community مجتمع داعم لإلرهاب

الذين يدعمون الفدائيين واألعمال

الفدائية

15. Israel الكيان الصهيوني إسرائيل

3

16. IDF اإلسرائيليجيش الدفاع جيش االحتالل الصهيوني

17. Government القيادة السياسية الصهيونية الحكومة

18. IDF جيش االحتالل جيش الدفاع اإلسرائيلي

19. Terrorist attacks األعمال الفدائية الهجمات اإلرهابية

20. Untrained assailants المواطنين المعتدون الغير مدربون

21. Palestinian incitement اإلعالم المقاوم التحريض الفلسطيني

22. IDF الجيش الصهيوني جيش الدفاع اإلسرائيلي

103

According to table (5.9), translator B had a clear vision of rendering the social actors in

the discourse. In rendering the word “terrorist”, he uses the word “مواطن”. This word, in

fact, carries a deep ideological connotation, which is assuring the fact that ‘Raed’ is a

citizen of a legal homeland which he owns and is accordingly a legal citizen in it. By

using the word “مواطن”, the translator announces it clearly that this man is the real owner

of this homeland- Palestine. In the same context, he uses the word “مستوطن” to render the

word “Israeli civilians”. By doing so, the translator assures that this is not their original

land and they are only land usurpers who do not and will not be considered as the real

owners of this land unlike Raed who is a legal ‘citizen’ of it. In the same context, he also

refused to mention the word “Israel” as it is and replaced it with “األراضي المحتلة”

announcing to the target readers that he does not recognize the existence of the state of

Israel or at least wants them to understand that it is originally ‘Palestinian territories’.

In a similar context, translator B also does not recognize the soldiers who work

for that occupation country as official troops. Thus, he rendered the word “IDF” into

He not only .”الجيش الصهيوني“ or sometimes ,”جيش االحتالل“ ,”قوات االحتالل الصهيوني“

changed the word ‘defense’ into ‘occupation’, but also added the word ‘zionist’ instead

of ‘Israeli’ in a message that tells the readers that there is no country called Israel and

accordingly there is nothing called “IDF”.

Translator B departed from the source text in rendering the word “attack” as

The word “attack” is a negative .”منفذ العملية الفدائية“ and the word “suspect” as ”عملية فدائية“

expression with highly negative ideological connotation. However, the word “عملية فدائية”

is highly expressive as it refers to an action carried out by someone who has devoted

himself and life to his cause. By transforming the term “suspect” into “منفذ العملية الفدائية”,

the translator turned to trans-editing procedures assuming some authority to bring in

renderings that reflect his own ideological assumptions to the target text to suit the target

audience. This departure from the source text resulted in a semantic clash between the

source and the target text due to ideological considerations. Similarily, he changed

words like “terrorist attacks” into “األعمال الفدائية”.

104

iii. Translator C

Translator B also used the strategy of substitution in rendering the source text. Table

(10) summarizes the original words used by the source text’s writer, their literal

translation, and their suggested substitutes used by the translator.

Table (5.10): Original Expression and Their Substitutes Used by Translator C

Article No. Source text expressions Literal translation Target text expression

1

1. Two مستوطنين اثنين

2. Terrorist شاب / رجال إرهابي

3. Worshipers المستوطنين المتعبدين

4. Sigal Pinchas مستوطنة سيجال بنشاس

5. Assailant مهاجما المعتدي

6. Victim قتيال / رجال ضحية

7. Israel األراضي المحتلة إسرائيل

8. IDF soldiers جنود االحتالل جنود جيش الدفاع اإلسرائيلي

9. Officers جنود االحتالل الضباط

10. Israeli civilians مستوطنين إسرائيليين المدنيين اإلسرائيليين

2

11. Terrorist attacks العمليات االستشهادية الهجمات اإلرهابية

12. The cold-blooded منفذ الهجوم ذو الدم البارد

13. Dafna Meir مستوطن دفنا مئير

14. Jewish مستوطن يهودي

15. Israeli man مستوطن رجل إسرائيلي

3 16. Untrained assailants مدربونمعتدون غير الفتية / الشبان

17. Unorganized gangs مجموعات شبابية غير منظمة عصابات غير منظمة

18. heartbreaking stories قصص مروعة قصص تفطر الفؤاد

Translator C substituted the nouns used to refer to the two active social actors in the

discourse. The word “worshipers” was rendered into “مستوطنين”, “victim” was rendered

as “قتيل”, and “IDF soldiers” was rendered as “جنود االحتالل”. In a similar context,

translator C also rendered the words that are used negatively by the source text writer

such as “assailant” and “terrorist” positively into “رجل“ ,”شاب”, and “مهاجم”. Even when

rendering the word “terrorist attacks”, she preferred to view it positively as if they were

being done honorably by a patriot. Hence, she used the word “العمليات االستشهادية”. A

similar case is rendering the words “untrained assailants” as “فتية/ شبان” and the words

“unorganized gangs” as “مجموعات شبابية غير منظمة”. Through examining these renderings,

one can notice that there is a semantic clash between the real meaning of these words

and the words used by the translator. This semantic clash did not happen haphazardly. It

is done on purpose to adapt the text to the semantic and stylistic needs of the target

105

readers. By doing so, the translator counters the ideology in the source text through

departing from the direct meaning into a more adapted one.

iv. Translator D

Translator D has not used the strategy of substitution on a limited scale. Table (11)

lists the original expression used in the source text and their suggested substitutes used

by translator D.

Table (5.11): Original Expression and Their Substitutes Used by Translator D

Article No. Source text expressions Literal translation Target text expression

1

1. Stabbing attack عملية طعن هجوم طعن

2. The terrorist الرجل الفلسطيني اإلرهابي

3. Other victims مصابين آخرين الضحايا اآلخرين

4. His attack عمليته هجومه

5. The victim الجريح الضحايا

3

6. Assailants المنفذون المعتدون

7. Terrorism العمليات اإلرهاب

8. Terrorist organizations المسلحة المنظمات المنظمات اإلرهابية

9. Unorganized gangs جماعات غير منظمة العصابات الغير منظمة

In his translation of article (1), translator D used the strategy of substitution in

five cases, some of which are similar. For instance, he substituted the word “attack”

twice by the word “عملية”. By doing this, he tries to be more neutral and not to depict the

Palestinian with negative traits. He also used the word “الرجل الفلسطيني” once instead of

the word “إرهابي” in rendering the word “the terrorist”. He also substituted the word

“victims” twice with the word “المصابين” and “الجريح”. In article (3), he substituted the

word “assailants” with “المنفذون” and the words “terrorist organizations” by “ المنظمات

This might go back to the fact that translator D does not want to insinuate his .”المسلحة

readers against the Palestinians and prefers to depict them by neutral expressions if not

positive ones.

5.3.4 Reorganization

According to Schäffner (2004), reorganization is the stylistic restructuring of the text

to adapt it to the target reader. The translator may reorganize the text in a way that

specific pieces of information are either strengthened or marginalized. It may take the

106

shape of foregrounding or backgrounding specific details. In foregrounding, the details

that are positive to the writer are given a prior position. In contrast, details that are

considered negative are often back-grounded. Reorganization may also take the shape of

changing active sentences into passive and vice versa. In addition, the translator/

transeditor may choose to summarize long details on a specific event or to discuss them

at length. The principal importance of all these techniques in the strategy of

reorganization is that it makes the trans-edited text appear like a source text rather than a

target text. Schäffner (2004: 130) points out that “the journalist’s source text can be

somebody else’s target text, rather than a source text in its own right”.

i. Translator A

Translator A started the article with changing the structure of the headline through

the nominalization of the verb. Instead of keeping the sentence in the active voice of the

verb, translator A chose to hide the doer of the action and use the nominalized form in

in rendering “Palestinian Terrorist Kills Two in South Tel Aviv ”يقتل“ instead of ”مقتل“

Stabbing Attack”. It is noticed that he chose to delete two important words from the

headline, which are “Palestinian” and “Terrorist” and to change it into the nominalized

form in “مقتل إسرائيليين بعملية طعن في تل أبيب”. This can be driven by the translator’s desire to

hide the doer of the action, as some readers might not see it as a positive action. As it

was mentioned in chapter 4 earlier, the JP used the active voice with negative attributes

to frame the other (Palestinians) as victimizers. Here, translator A countered that

ideology by simply reorganizing the form of the headline through deleting the doer of

the action and changing it into the nominalized form.

Another techniques of reorganization is the use of commas. Translator A used

this technique in many cases. For example words like:

1- لكون ابنه "سيتعفن" في زنزانته

2- الفلسطينيين كأمثال مراد إدعيس ُوِصفوا بأنهم "ذئاب منفردة"

3- ثالث جوانب رئيسية تتعلق بالمواقف الفلسطينية تجاه "إسرائيل"

4- اتهام شابيرو "الباطل"

107

5- جميع التجمعات السكنية الفلسطينية "الغير قانونية" التي شيدها االتحاد األوربي

وزعمت الصحيفة أن هؤالء األشخاص كانوا قد تأثروا "بالتحريض" الفلسطيني على اإلسرائيليين, والفكر - 6

"الراديكالي" للدولة اإلسالمية, وبالمنشورات "التحريضية"

وأضافت الصحيفة أنه ينبغي أال يغيب عن البال أن الغالبية العظمى من الفلسطينيين في الضفة الغربية, سواء - 7

كانوا يدعمون "اإلرهاب" ضد إسرائيل أم ال, هم ليسوا "بإرهابيين".

Translator A used this technique to distance himself from these words and to express

that he does not agree with the writer of the text on one or more words. Specifically

speaking, he does not approve calling the Palestinian lands ‘Israel’. Thus, he uses the

commas to tell the reader that this is written only because it was used by the writer of the

text. However, this does not mean that he approves such a name. Similarly, he does not

agree to call the Palestinian resistant as ‘lone wolves’. Thus, he uses it to tell the readers

the name used to call these men by, but again this does not mean that this is what he

believes in or agrees on. So, it was put between two commas ‘ذئاب منفردة’ to distance

himself from these words.

ii. Translator B

Translator B used the strategy of reorganization in his translation of article (1) which

constitutes a radical departure from the source text. In rendering the headline, translator

A chose to move a clause from the body of the article into the headline. In translating

“Palestinian Terrorist Kills Two in South Tel Aviv Stabbing Attack” into “ ردا على الجرائم

Translator B moved the .”الصهيونية, فلسطيني ينفذ عملية فدائية في تل ابيب, وحماس تشيد بالعملية

clause “Hamas praises "heroic" operation” from the lead-in part in “Suspect, a 36-year-

old man from the Hebron area, is apprehended by bystanders who subdued him until

police forces arrived; Hamas praises "heroic" operation” into the headline.

Translator B also changed a lot in the organization of article (1). Instead of giving a

translation that is faithful to the source text rendering each and every paragraph, he

chose to delete complete paragraphs especially those which are related to the narrated

stories of the eye-witnesses who described the brutality of the scene and how scared and

terrified they felt. Even the details about the medical condition of the wounded men

108

were also deleted. Specifically speaking, the words, which were deemed unnecessary

and hence deleted by the translator, were 456 words. On the other hand, the paragraphs

reporting the arrest of the three Palestinian women and the air raids of the refugee camp

and the Palestinian village were all intensified. In that regard, the translator added

complete paragraphs in different places to intensify the suffering of the Palestinian

people and at the same time marginalize the suffering of the Israelis. The total number of

the added words in that context is 196 words. It should be noted that the whole idea of

intensifying and marginalizing specific pieces of information through deletion and

addition gives an impression that the translator knows with complete awareness how to

show the Palestinians in the good image and deform the image of the Israelis.

The technique of using two commas was used by translator B in two cases only. In

rendering the word ‘Israeli’, the translator tends to replace it by the word ‘Zionist’ as it

was explained under the strategy of substitution. However, in rendering “increasing the

number of Israeli work visas for West Bank Palestinians”, and “the continued

cooperation between the IDF and PA security forces”, translator B preferred to keep

them as they are but also added commas to remind the readers the he does not approve

the name or does not recognize it in:

زيادة عدد تأشيرات العمل "اإلسرائيلية" للعمال الفلسطينيين -

التعاون المستمر بين قوات االحتالل "اإلسرائيلية" مع قوات األمن التابعة للسلطة الفلسطينية -

iii. Translator C

The only case where translator C changed the structure of certain parts of the source

text is in her rendering of the headline. Instead of using the verbalized form that is used

in the source text, the translator changed it into the nominalized form where the verb is

replaced by a noun. Accordingly, in rendering “Palestinian Terrorist Kills Two in South

Tel Aviv Stabbing Attack”, the translator used the nominalized form in “ مقتل مستوطنين

Unlike translator A, she did not delete the doer of the .”جنوب تل أبيب في هجوم نفذه فلسطيني

action. Instead, she foregrounded the information about the death of the Israelis and

109

back-grounded the details about the attacker. By doing so, the translator puts back what

is considered to be negative by the reader in the back and kept the information about the

death of the Israelis in the nominalized form in the front. By doing so, translator C

distracts the attention of the reader from focusing on the first word that are mentioned in

the source text about the doer of the action and redirects it to be focusing more on the

death of the Israelis.

iv. Translator D

Translator D used the strategy of reorganization only once in his rendering of the

three JP articles. He added two commas to the word “اإلرهاب” in rendering: “to bolster

the Palestinian economy and theoretically moderate the ongoing terrorism against

Israelis” which he rendered as “ "لدعم االقتصاد الفلسطيني. ومن الناحية النظرية, يعتدل "اإلرهاب

Translator D followed the source text structure directly without .”الجاري ضد اإلسرائيليين

changing the form of the sentence, the voice of the verbs or even foregrounding or

backgrounding information. Instead, it was translated very faithfully with no

interference from the part of the translator in the structure of the source text. By doing

so, translator D stayed faithful to the source text without making any changes to suit the

target readership.

5.4 Study Conclusions

This thesis tackled a novel problem in translation and ideology. Since mass

media plays a crucial role in shaping the readers’ perspectives towards many political

issues, it has been a must to study the means of influencing the public opinion used by

journalists and those used by media translators, as well. Rendering journalistic texts

totally differs from the usually agreed-upon approaches to translation. Translators adjust,

alter, mediate, and delete without following the STs accurately. By doing so, the target

texts become different from the source texts. In addition, the objectivity and neutrality of

the translator become doubtful. The translators’ perspectives usually conflict with those

of the authors of the source texts. Thus, translation becomes a matter of perspectives.

Israeli media writers produce effective texts consciously through using different

discursive strategies such as nomination, predication, perspectivation, mitigation,

110

intensification and argumentation. Such manipulative strategies help them create news

reports that present their own perspective and appeal to the international opinion. The JP

writers’ use ideologically loaded lexis with negative representation of the Palestinians,

whereas they describe the Israelis using a language which legitimates all what they do.

They play upon the structure of the sentences through using the active in reporting the

events where the Palestinians are the aggressors and attackers. On the other hand, they

use the passive voice when the Palestinians are the victims. Because of all these

strategies used by the JP writers, the Palestinian translators’ intervention in the source

text becomes inevitable.

The thesis studies the authoring and the translation of highly sensitive texts. I

have been conscious of the problematic area to which the texts belong due to the

manipulative process of reporting news events as well as the interventions carried out by

translators in rendering such highly sensitive texts. Palestinian translators often

interfered in the process of translating ideologically loaded and highly sensitive texts.

Hence, translators often resort to using different translation strategies to help them

counter the ideology manifested in the source texts. Deletion, addition, substitution, and

reorganization are the main strategies used by translators to reveal the translators’

ideological perspectives which they opt for to convey a specific message to the target

audience.

In this study, I have investigated the ideological traces in the Palestinian

translators’ rendering of the Israeli news articles, namely from the Israeli Jerusalem Post

newspaper. I conducted a Discourse Historical Analysis (DHA) of the JP news articles

(STs) to highlight the ideologically loaded expressions as well as the ideological

connotations embedded in the overall structure and organization of the texts themselves.

The results of the DHA showed that the writers of JP load their writings with ideological

connotations, which may not be seen vividly by the public audience. However, they can

be identified through DHA. The main reason, which I believe that it lies behind such

ideological footprints left by the JP writers, is the pressing need to gain the complete

support from the international reader through depicting the Palestinians as the criminal

while portraying Israelis as victims who are only defending themselves.

In chapter 5, I have examined strategies used in translation with a special

consideration of ideology and context. Some translation alternatives in rendering the

111

news reports, taken from the JP, have been discussed. The translators trans-edited their

pieces to counter the ideological argumentation and manage the message conveyed to

the target reader. In translating the news reports, the translators did not stick to a specific

method of translation. Instead, their choice ranged between literal translation,

transediting and sometimes rewriting. In general, the translators did not stick to the

source text structure and use of words and expressions. This is because the text is of high

sensitive significance as it presents narrative from the Israeli point of view.

In describing the Palestinians, the reporters adopted a high level of intervention

to make them appear more positive. The texts picture the discourse actors in two

different images: Palestinians terrorists and Israelis seeking security and self-defense.

For instance, in translating the term 'terrorist organizations' into its linguistic

equivalence, the translators opted for the use of translation strategies of substitution and

deletion to comply with the ideological implications embedded within this term. Some

of the conclusions about the translation of the Israeli reports of a high sensitive nature

are:

1. Most of the translators made an attempt to deviate from the highly sensitive

lexical items through deleting or substituting them with more neutral or even

opposite equivalents.

2. The majority of the translators countered the structure and the organization of

the source text through deleting, adding or reorganizing some paragraphs. Thus,

they countered the argumentative of the source text and reduced its credibility.

3. Translators have latitude in making adjustments and modifications in the

translation process so that the TT suits the target readers' expectations and values

particularly in highly sensitive texts.

4. Being translators for well-known Palestinian media organizations, the translators

showed a great experience in rendering the Israelis source texts. This experience

helped to make the target text to be likely accepted by Palestinian newspaper

editors since they are trans-edited, not only translated.

112

5.5 Recommendations

Based on the results of the study, I suggest the following recommendations for

researchers who are interested in Israeli media discourse and translation to help

overcome such a devastating problem as political translation of ideologically loaded

discourses:

1. In translating sensitive texts, it is recommended to identify the purpose of

translation and the target audience to help the translator adapt the text to meet

the expectations of the target audience.

2. Translators should be aware of the discursive strategies used by the ST writers

to understand the ideological connotations implied by each sentence and thus

avoid unnatural and unacceptable translation that does not meet the expectations

of the target text readers. Thus, using CDA can be of a great significance for

translators to highlight the embedded ideological connotations in sensitive texts.

3. The sense-for-sense approach to translation where dynamic equivalence is used

seems the best approach in rendering highly sensitive and ideologically loaded

texts, whereas direct or literal translation seems to be ineffective.

4. The ideological constraints of both the authoring and the translating institutions

should be taken into consideration to help create more accurate and suitable

translations.

5. The translation and language departments at colleges as well as the translation

training institutions in Palestine should be aware of the sensitivity of this

problematic issue of political translation and hold the responsibility of injecting

the curriculum of the translation courses with important issues related to the

translation of ideologically loaded texts with particular reference to the Arab –

Israeli conflict.

All in all, it can be induced from the study that media plays a pivotal role in

shaping people's ideologies. The manipulation practiced in news production helps news

agencies as well as the powerful forces in the countries to direct the understanding of the

readers towards their own perspectives,. Consequently, the reader sees and hears news

113

from the point of view of those who were responsible for selecting what news stories to

cover, how to introduce them, and what strategies to follow to make the news articles

suit their agendas and those of their readers'.

Palestinian Translators also play a significant role in rendering the highly

sensitive, ideologically loaded news articles. Their political affiliations, ideological

backgrounds, and general beliefs direct them towards choosing what strategies to follow

to adapt the text to their readers' expectations. Moreover, the Palestinian translators hold

the responsibility of beautifying he distorted image that Israeli media has created about

the Palestinians all over the world. The target readership is no longer now the Palestinian

reader, but also the Arab and the international reader. This study among many others

that tackle such sensitive issues should be taken into consideration when choosing who

to translate in the influential Palestinian newspapers as well as when designing training

courses for professional translators.

114

References

115

References

Abdul Latif, L. and Majelan, S.(2014). The Palestinian-Israeli Conflict: A Comparative

Analysis on the Language of Occupation. Middle-East Journal of Scientific

Research. 2-5. DOI: 10.5829/idosi.mejsr.2014.20.lcl.214

ElHaj Ahmed, M., & Shabana, G. (2017). The Visibility of the Translator: A Case Study

of the Palestinian Translator. AWEJ for translation & Literacy Studies, 1 (3).

Ali, A. (2007) Managing and Emotiveness in the Production and Translation of

Ideology: A Case Study of the Israeli Incursion into the Gaza Strip. (Master’s

thesis, An-Najah National University, Palestine).

Alred, G. and Byram, M. (2002). Becoming an intercultural mediator: A longitudinal

study of residence abroad. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development,

vol. 23, no. 5, pp.339-352.

Amer, M. (2016). News Media and Translation. [PowerPoint slides]. Retrieved from:

http:// site.iugaza.edu.ps/mamer/files/MA-Media-Translation-Class-3-News-and-

Translation.ppt

Anderson, R. B.W. (1976). Perspectives on the role of interpreter. In Pöchhacker, F. and

M. Shlesinger. (2002). The Interpreting Studies Reader, (pp. 208-217). New York:

Routledge.

Ardelean, C. (2008). The Challenge of Political Correctness in the Translation of"

Sensitive" Texts. НАУЧНИ ТРУДОВЕ НА РУСЕНСКИЯ УНИВЕРСИТЕТ, 5,

24-28.

Aschale, A. (2013). A Critical Discourse Analysis of Barak Obama’s Speeches vis-à-vis

Middle East and North Africa. (PHD thesis, Addis Ababa University, Addis

Ababa). Retrieved from:

https://www.files.ethz.ch/isn/168385/CDA%20of%20PBO%20in%20

ME%20%20N-Africa%20%20%20By%20Alelign%20A%20.pdf

Ashubbak, I. (2013). The impact of ideology on rendering news items among Arab

translators (Master’s thesis, Middle East University, Jordan). Retrieved from:

http://www.meu.edu.jo/ ar/images/Translators.pdf

Ayyad, A. (2012 ). Uncovering ideology in translation: A case study of Arabic and

Hebrew translations of the ‘Roadmap Plan’. Journal of Language and Politics,

11(2), 250–272

Baidoun, A. (2014). The Gaza Conflict 2013 and Ideologies of Israeli and Palestinian

Media: A Critical Discourse Analysis. (Master’s thesis, Örebro University,

Jordan). Retrieved from: http://oru.diva-

portal.org/smash/get/diva2:718720/FULLTEXT01.pdf

Baker, M. (1997). Non-cognitive constraints and interpreter strategies in political

interviews. Translating sensitive texts: Linguistic aspects, 111-129.

116

Bánhegyi, M. (2014). Translation and political discourse. ActaUniversitatisSapientiae,

Philologica, 6(2), 139-158.

Bani, S. (2006). An analysis of press translation process. Translation in Global News,

35.

Bassnett, S. (2002). Translation Studies (3rd ed.). Britain and USA: Routledge.

Bassnett, S. (2006). Reflections on comparative literature in the twenty-first

century. Comparative Critical Studies, 3(1-2), 3-11.

Bazzi, S. (2009). Media translation and conflict. S. Bazzi, Arab News and Conflict:

Discourse Approaches to Politics, Society and Culture, 185-212. Retrieved

from:https: //benjamins.com/#catalog/books/dapsac. 34/main

Bell, R. T. (1991). Translation and translating (Vol. 56). London: Longman.

Bickerton, I. (2009). The Arab-Israeli Conflict - A history. London: Reaktion Books Ltd

Bilodeau, I. (2012). Discursive Visibility: Quantifying the Practice of Translator

Commentary in Contemporary Japanese Publishing. (Master’s thesis, Nagoya

University, Japan). pp. 4-12

Brook, J. (2012). The role of translation in the production of international print news:

three case studies in the language direction Spanish to English (Doctoral

dissertation, ResearchSpace@ Auckland).

Benoist, C. (October, 2016). Death in numbers: A year of violence in the occupied

Palestinian territory and Israel. Retrieved from:

http://www.maannews.com/Content. aspx?ID=773407

Bielsa, E., & Bassnett, S. (2009). Translation in global news. Routledge.

Buttjes, D. (1991). Mediating languages and cultures: The social dimension restored. In:

D. Buttjes and M. Byram, ed. Mediating languages and cultures: Towards an

intercultural theory of foreign language teaching, Clevedon: Multilingual Matters,

pp. 3-16.

Byram, M. (2002). On being ‘bicultural’ and ‘intercultural’. In: G. Alred, M. Byram, and

M. P.

Fleming, ed. Intercultural experience and education, Clevedon, UK: Multilingual

Matters, pp. 50-66.

Chesterman, A., & Williams, J. (2002). The Map. A Beginner’s Guide to Doing

Research in Translation Studies. Manchester, St.

Daraghmeh¹, A. K., Herzallah, R., & Karim, A. A. (2010). To Translate or to Subvert?

Translating Politically Sensitive Texts in the Palestinian Context.Bethlehem

University Journal, vol. 29

Daniel, K. (2011). Contemporary Method to Study Humanities and Social Sciences.

International Journal of Psychology and Behavioral Sciences, 1(1), 55-62.

117

Djedei, A. (2014). Ideology in translating political discourse (Doctoral dissertation),

Kasdi Merbah Ouargla University

Dor, D. (2004). Intifada Hits the Headlines. Bloomington: Indiana University Press.

Retrieved from: https://books.google.ps/books?id=hvHcCQAAQBAJ&pg=PA230

&dq=Dor,+D.+(2004).+Intifada+Hits+the+Headlines.+Bloomington:+Indiana+Un

iversity+Press

Egorova, Y., & Parfitt, T. (2002). Jews, Muslims and Mass Media: Mediating the'other'.

SUNY Press. Retrieved from: https://books.google.ps/books?id=JH7JEz0nwdwC&

printsec=frontcover&dq=Jews,+Muslims+and+Mass+Media:+Mediating+the+Oth

er

Eide, E. (2002). Down There and Up Here: Europe’s Others in Norwegian Feature

Stories. Oslo: Norwegian University Press.

Fairclough, N. (1989). Language and Power. London: Longman. pp. 50-178

Fairclough, N. (2003). Critical discourse analysis: The critical study of language.

Routledge. pp. 308. Retrieved from:

https://books.google.ps/books?id=nf7cAAAAQBAJ&pg=PA566&dq

Wodak,+R.,+%26+Fairclough,+N.+(1997).+Critical+Discourse+Analysis.

Fairclough, N., & Wodak, R. (1997). Critical discourse analysis. In van Dijk, TA (ed.)

Discourse as Social Interaction (Discourse Studies: A Multidisciplinary

Introduction, vol. 2).

Fairclough, N., & Wodak, R. (2004). Critical discourse analysis. NA

Farghal, M. (1993). Managing in Translation: A Theoretical Model. Meta Translation

Journal 38/2, 257- 267.

Fawcett, P. (1998). Ideology and translation. In M. Baker (Ed.) Routledge encyclopedia

of translation studies (pp. 106-111). London: Routledge.

Fitzgerald, H. (2002). How different are we? Spoken discourse in intercultural

communication. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Gaur, A. (2014). The Jerusalem Post. Retrieved from:

https://www.britannica.com/topic/The-Jerusalem-Post

Glick, C. (January, 2016). Column One: Coordinated Assault. Retrieved from:

http://www.jpost. com/Opinion/Column-One-Coordinated-assault-442409

Gutiérrez, M. (2006). Journalism and the Language Divide. Translation in Global News.

Coventry: The Centre for Translation and Comparative Cultural Studies,

University of Warwick: 29-34.

Hartman, B. (November, 2015). Palestinian Terrorist Kills Two in South Tel Aviv

Stabbing Attack. Retrieved from: http://www.jpost.com/Arab-Israeli-

Conflict/Two-people-stabbed-in-south-Tel-Aviv-circumstances-of-incident-

unknown-434676

118

Hatim, B. (1997). Communication Across Cultures: Translation Theory and Contrastive

Text Linguistics. UK: University of Exeter Press.

Hatim, B., and Mason, I. (1990). Discourse and the Translator. London: Longman.

Hatim, B., & Mason, I. (2005). The translator as communicator. London and New York:

Routledge.

Hatim, B., &Munday, J. (2004). Translation: An advanced resource book. London and

New York: Routledge.

Honig, E. (1985) The Poet’s Other Voice: Conversations on Literary Translation,

Amherst: University of Massachusetts Press.

Huddleston, R., & Pullum, G. K. (2006). Coordination and subordination. The handbook

of English linguistics, 198.

Hursti, K. (2001). An insider’s view on transformation and transfer in international

news communication: an English-Finnish perspective. The electronic journal of the

Department of English at the University of Helsinki, 1(1), 1-5.

Jakobson, R. (1959). On linguistic aspects of translation. On translation, 3, 30-39.

Jawad, S. A. (2006). The Arab and Palestinian Narratives of the 1948 War. In R. I.

Rotberg, Israeli and Palestinian Narratives of Conflict: History's Double Helix (pp.

72-115). Bloomington: Indiana University Press

Jojic, O. (2008). Componential analysis in translation of material culture terms from

English into Serbian. In: A. Nikčević-Batrićević and M. Knežević, eds. Culture-

bound translation and language in the global era. Newcastle: Cambridge Scholars

Publishing, pp. 67-75.

JPOST Editorial (November, 2015). Israel and the PA. Retrieved from:

http://www.jpost.com/ Israel-News/Jpost-Editorial-Israel-and-the-PA-435512

Karoubi, B. (2005). Ideology and translation with a concluding point on translation

teaching. Retrieved fromhttp://www.translationdirectory.com/article233.htm.

Katan, D. (2004). Translating cultures: An introduction for translators, interpreters and

mediators (2nd ed.). Manchester: St Jerome.

Krzyzanowski, M. (2010). The discursive construction of European identities: a multi-

level approach to discourse and identity in the transforming European Union.

Frankfurt am Main: LAng.

Lefevere, A.(1992).Rewriting and the manipulation of the literary fame. New York:

Routledge.

Lefevere, A., & Bassnett, S. (1990). Introduction: Proust’s grandmother and the

thousand and one nights: The ‘cultural turn’ in translation studies. Translation,

history and culture, 1-13.

Liddicoat, A. and Scarino, A. (2013). Intercultural language teaching and learning.

Chichester: Wiley-Blackwell.

119

Liddicoat, A.J. (2016). Intercultural mediation, intercultural communication and

translation.

Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, vol. 24, no 3, pp.354-364.

Loupaki, E. (2010). Investigating Translators' Strategies in Rendering Ideological

Conflict: The Case of News Translation. In Political Discourse, Media and

Translation, edited by Christina Schäffner and Susan Bassnett, 55-75. Newcastle-

upon-Tyne: Cambridge Scholars.

Luke, A. (2002). 5. Beyond science and ideology critique: Developments in critical

discourse analysis. Annual review of applied linguistics, (22): 96-110.

Luostarinen, H. (2002). Journalism and Cultural Preconditions of War. Goteburg:

Nordicom.

Lumbera, B. (2014). Not language alone: Translation and culture. Kritika Kultura, vol.

23, pp.662-667.

Mahdiyan, M., Rahbar, M., & Hosseini-Maasoum, S. M. (2013). Applying critical

discourse analysis in translation of political speeches and interviews. Academic

Journal of Interdisciplinary Studies, 2(1), 35.

Mason, I. (1994). Discourse, Ideology and Translation, in R. de Beaugrande, A.

Shunnaq, & M. Heliel, (Eds.). Language, Discourse and Translation in the West

and Middle East. Amsterdam & Philadelphia: John Benjamins.

Munday, J. (2001). Introducing Translation studies: Theories and applications. London

and New York: Routledge, P79.

Munday, J. (2013). Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications.

Routledge.

Newmark, P. (1988). A textbook of translation (Vol. 66). New York: Prentice hall.

Nida, E. A. (1964). Toward a Science of Translation. Leiden: E.J. Brill.

Niranjana, T. (1992). Sitting Translation: History, Post-structuralism, and the Colonial

Contexts. Berkeley, Los Angles & Oxford: University of California Press.

Nord, C. (1997). A functional typology of translations. John Benjamins.

Ottosen, R. (1995). Enemy Images and the Journalistic Process. Journal of Peace

Research, 32(1), 97-112. Retrieved

from:https://www.researchgate.net/publication/2497

06079_Enemy_Images_and_the_Journalistic_Process

Palumbo, G. (2009). Key terms in translation studies. Bloomsbury Publishing.

Pérez, (2003), Apropos of Ideology: Translation Studies on Ideology- Ideologies in

Translation Studies. In Marìa Calzada Pérez (ed). Manchester, UK: St. Jerome

Publishing

120

Pressman, J. (2003). The Second Intifada, Background and causes of the Palestinian-

Israeli conflict. The Journal of conflict studies, 23, 13-25.

Reisigl, M., & Wodak, R. (2015). The discourse-historical approach (DHA). Methods of

critical discourse studies, 23-61.

Schäffner, C. (2004). Political discourse analysis from the point of view of translation

studies. Journal of Language and Politics, 3(1), 117-150.

Schäffner, C. (2012). Rethinking transediting. Meta: journal des traducteurs/Meta:

Translators’ Journal, 57(4), 866-883.

Schäffner, C., and Bassnett S. (2010). Introduction. Politics, Media and Translation:

Exploring Synergies. In C. Schäffner and S. Bassnett (eds.). Political Discourse,

Media and Translation: 1-31. Newcastle-upon-Tyne: Cambridge Scholars.

Schrijver, I., Van Vaerenbergh, L., & Van Waes, L. (2012). An exploratory study of

transediting in students’ translation processes. HERMES-Journal of Language and

Communication in Business, 25(49), 99-117.

Shojaei, A. (2012). Translation of idioms and fixed expressions: strategies and

difficulties. Theory and Practice in Language Studies, 2(6), 1220.

Shunnaq, A. (1992). Repetition in Arabic with Special Reference to Translation of

Political Discourse. (Unpublished Ph.D. Dissertation), University of Manchester:

Manchester.

Shuping, R. (2013, October). Translation as Rewriting. International Journal of

Humanities and Social Science, 3(18), 55-59. Retrieved from:

http://www.ijhssnet.com/journals/Vol_3_No _18_October_2013/6.pdf

Slater, J. (2007). Muting the Alarm Over the Israeli-Palestinian conflict: The New York

Times Versus Haaretz. International Security, 32, 84-120.

Stawicki, M. (2009). Framing the Israeli-Palestinian conflict: A study of frames used by

three American newspapers. University of Missouri-Columbia.

Stetting, K. (1989). Transediting–A new term for coping with the grey area between

editing and translating. In Proceedings from the fourth Nordic conference for

English studies (pp. 371-382). Copenhagen: University of Copenhagen.

Stevenson, A. (Ed.). (2010). Oxford dictionary of English. Oxford University Press,

USA. Retrieved from:

https://books.google.ps/books?hl=en&lr=&id=anecAQAAQBAJ&

oi=fnd&pg=PR5&dq=Oxford+Dictionaries:+English+Dictionary,+Thesaurus,+%2

6+grammar+help&ots=T_evdqlJCQ&sig=a03LWSell-

htqTQsdqW75YCZRWU&redir_esc

=y#v=onepage&q=Oxford%20Dictionaries%3A%20English%20Dictionary%2C%

20Thesaurus%2C%20%26%20grammar%20help&f=false

Tang, J. (2007). Encounters with cross-cultural conflicts in translation. M. Salama-Carr,

Translating and interpreting conflict, 135-147.

121

Thomson, E. y White, P. (2008). Communicating Conflict. Multilingual Case Studies of

the News Media. London, Continuum. Retrieved from:

https://books.google.ps/books?

idjD1BmMJBeyYC&printsec=frontcover&dq=Communicating+Conflict.+Multili

ngual+Case+Studies+of+the+News+Media

Toury, G., 2004. Probabilistic explanations in translation studies. Translation universals.

Do they exist, pp.15-32.

Tymoczko,M.(2003).Translation, Ideology, and Creativity. Retrieved on 20 December

2012 from http://www.lans-tts.be/img/NS2/P27-45.PDF

Van Dijk, T. (1995). The mass media today: Discourses of domination or diversity. 243-

289 Retrieved from www.javnost-thepublic.org/article/pdf/1995/2/3/

Van Dijk, T. A. (Ed.). (1997). Discourse as social interaction (Vol. 2). Sage.

Van Dijk, T. (1998). Ideology: a multidisciplinary approach. London: Sage.

Van Dijk, T. (2001). Handbook of Discourse Analysis. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Vuorinen, E. (1994). Crossing cultural barriers in international news transmission: A

translational approach. In Translation and the (re) location of meaning, selected

papers of the CETRA Research Seminars in Translation Studies (Vol. 1996, pp.

61-82).

Wodak, R. (2009). The Discourse of Poilitics in Action. London: Palgrave macmillan.

Wodak, R., & Meyer, M. (2001). Methods of Critical Discourse Analysis. London:

SAGE. 3-13

Venuti, L. (2004). The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation (3rd ed.).Britain

and USA: Routledge. 7-86

Zhang, M. (2012). Translation Manipulated by Ideology and Poetics-A Case Study of

The Jade Mountain. Theory and Practice in Language Studies, 2(4), 754.

Zonoozi, L. (2009). Ideology and Translation of Political Texts: A Critical Discourse

Analysis Perspective (MA thesis). Tarbiat Moallem University of Tehran: Iran

Zarate, G., Radenkovic, A., Lussier, D., and Penz, H., (2004). Médiation culturelle et

didactique des langues. Kapfenberg: Council of Europe Publishing.

122

Appendices

123

Appendix (1)

PALESTINIAN TERRORIST KILLS TWO IN SOUTH TEL

AVIV STABBING ATTACK

BYBEN HARTMAN, JPOST.COM STAFF - NOVEMBER 19, 2015 14:13

Suspect, a 36-year-old man from the Hebron area, is apprehended by bystanders who

subdued him until police forces arrived; Hamas praises "heroic" operation.

A Palestinian terrorist armed with a knife murdered two Israelis and moderately

wounded a third during a rampage in a southern Tel Aviv office building on Thursday

afternoon.

The victims were named as Aviram Reuven, 51, from Ramle, and Aharon Yisayev, 32,

from Holon.

The attack began at around 2 p.m., when 36-year-old Raed Khalil bin Mahmoud, the

father of five and resident of Dura in the West Bank southwest of Hebron, walked to the

second floor of the Panorama building on Ben-Zvi Street and began stabbing worshipers

at an afternoon minha service being held inside a Judaica store.

One worshiper, Shimon Vaknin, said that moments after the prayer service began, he

saw a man covered in blood enter the store and fall onto a group of people praying.

Mahmoud then tried to continue the assault inside the store, but was pushed back by

worshipers, who held the doors closed as he tried to force his way back in, Vaknin said.

Outside the store he continued his attack, stabbing another Israeli man to death before

fleeing to a lower floor. On the next level he stabbed another man and was chased into a

shoe warehouse, where civilians overpowered him and held him until police arrived,

according to witnesses.

The Panorama is a doughnut-shaped building of open floors with a ramp that climbs to

the top. The building is open to the street and easily entered without a security check.

Sigal Pinchas, an employee of a small publishing house across from the Judaica store,

also saw the attack unfold, and fought back tears as she described her close brush with

death and the brutality she had just witnessed only meters away.

124

“I was walking to my car, which was parked right outside the [Judaica] store, when I

realized I forgot my keys and came back to the office. As I was walking in, I heard

shouting and ran in and locked the door,” she said.

Pinchas then described peeking through the blinds as the terrorist stabbed a young man

repeatedly in the chest, as she called police.

“I was supposed to be right there,” she said, shaking her head and walking back inside

the office.

Another shocked witness to tragedy was Israel Bachar, who works at a store adjacent to

the site of the attack. Bachar said he heard shouting and came outside to see the assailant

sitting on top of a victim and stabbing him repeatedly in the chest. Bachar said he ran

back inside his store and grabbed a bar, throwing it at the attacker, who then got on his

feet and began chasing Bachar, who hid in his store. Bachar said he then went out and

tried in vain to help the victim.

“I tried to help him, but he died in my hands. I was holding him there and he just died

before help could come,” he said.

One of the victims was pronounced dead at the scene while two other victims were taken

by Magen David Adom paramedics to Sourasky Medical Center in Tel Aviv, where the

critically wounded man later died.

Both of the victims killed were stabbed repeatedly in the upper body, and according to a

paramedic who spoke to The Jerusalem Post at the scene Thursday, one of the two

suffered six stab wounds directly to his heart.

Mahmoud worked legally at a restaurant near the scene of the attack, had a permit to be

in Israel, and had no history of security offenses. Tel Aviv police said Thursday they still

had not determined whether he had come from work before the attack or had taken the

knife from the restaurant’s kitchen, saying the Shin Bet (Israel Security Agency) is

investigating the matter.

A few blocks west of the scene of Thursday’s attack, diners at a Bukharan restaurant on

Ben-Zvi Street said they were eating lunch and having drinks not long after the

stabbings when police with guns drawn charged into the eatery and pulled out four Arab

kitchen employees in handcuffs. One of the diners said the men were put into a police

125

vehicle and taken from the scene. Employees could not say whether or not the attacker

worked for them.

In an unrelated development on Thursday morning, three women carrying knives were

arrested by IDF soldiers, as the three approached the fence of a military post in the West

Bank, the IDF Spokesman said.

The three women were spotted next to the fence and were stopped by officers. During a

search, they were found to be carrying knives and were taken into custody. No shots

were fired and no one was injured in the incident, the IDF Spokesman said.

Also on Thursday, the IDF carried out a series of raids in the West Bank in collaboration

with the Border Police, during which they arrested 18 wanted men – 17 of them for

rioting and throwing stones and firebombs at Israeli civilians.

The raids were focused on the Dehaishe refugee camp outside Bethlehem and targeted a

number of members of the Popular Front for the Liberation of Palestine, the IDF said.

Also Thursday, the Shin Bet and the Israel Police said that they had arrested a group of

two adults and 10 minors from the village of Bir a-Sika who they said were involved in

two incidents in which rocks and firebombs were thrown at motorists on Route 6. No

one was injured in the incidents

126

Appendix (2)

COLUMN ONE: COORDINATED ASSAULT

BY CAROLINE B. GLICK/ JANUARY 21, 2016 22:02

Since last September when the Palestinians began their current terrorist onslaught,

killers like Adais have been characterized as lone wolves.

‘I’m proud of him.”

That’s what the father of Dafna Meir’s murderer said when the Palestinian media asked

him what he thinks of his cold-blooded son Murad Adais.

On Sunday afternoon, Adais butchered Meir in her home, in front of her children.

Whether Adais Sr. is really happy that his son will rot in prison is less important than the

fact that he said what he said to his home crowd.

He knows that his audience thinks his son is a hero. And so he played to his audience.

Since last September when the Palestinians began their current terrorist onslaught,

killers like Adais have been characterized as lone wolves. But a study published last

November in Mosaic online journal by Shalem College’s Daniel Polisar shows that this

characterization is both wrong and unhelpful.

Polisar studied Palestinian public opinion data from surveys conducted by four

independent research groups over the past 25 years. His data exposed three key aspects

to Palestinian positions about Israel that all bear directly on the current Palestinian

terrorist offensive.

His first finding is that throughout most of the past quarter-century a solid majority of

Palestinians have supported terrorism against Israelis.

Moreover, the more murderous an attack, the more it is supported.

Polisar’s second finding was that the vast majority of Palestinians hate Israelis and

believe that Jews have no right to the Land of Israel, and therefore our state has no right

to exist.

Taken together, these first two insights lead to one clear conclusion about the nature of

the current Palestinian terrorism campaign against Israelis. As Polisar explained, they

127

show that this campaign is not being carried out by “lone wolves,” who have been

incited by Palestinian Authority propaganda. Rather, that propaganda reflects the

murderous hatred that the vast majority of Palestinians feel toward Israelis and Israel.

Adais and his comrades may or may not be members of terrorist groups. But they are the

loyal representatives of their terrorism-supporting society.

Obviously, any talk of a peace process in this climate is utter folly. The most Israel can

aspire to is to deter the hate-soaked Palestinians from attacking us.

This brings us to the third insight of Polisar’s study. Twenty-five years of survey data

make clear that most Palestinians believe that terrorism pays.

And the plain fact is that they are right. For the past generation, the Palestinians have

only benefited from killing Israelis through terrorism.

The fact that Israeli concessions to the Palestinians have strengthened their conviction

that terrorism pays rather than convinced them to make peace shows that all concessions

in the face of terrorism are dangerous.

While the majority of Israelis have learned this lesson and so elected governments that

oppose appeasement, the Palestinians have learned that the Israeli public does not have

the final word on whether or not they will be rewarded for their crimes against

humanity.

The Palestinians believe that Israel is dependent on Western goodwill. So to the extent

that the West pressures Israel surrender to Palestinian demands, the US and the EU work

hand in glove with Palestinian terrorists and prove that they are right to murder mothers

in their homes in front of their children.

This week US Ambassador Dan Shapiro proved the Palestinians right, yet again.

At the outset of his speech before the Institute of National Security Studies on Monday,

Shapiro issued a pro forma condemnation of “barbaric acts of terrorism” against Israelis

at the outset of his remarks.

But that was just clearing his throat. In his substantive remarks, Shapiro accused Israel

of institutional racism in Judea and Samaria.

Shapiro’s slanderous accusation channeled and escalated his boss Secretary of State

John Kerry’s anti-Israel libel from two years ago. In early 2014, Kerry alleged that if

128

Israel didn’t cough up Judea, Samaria and Jerusalem soon, it risked becoming a criminal

apartheid state in the future.

By falsely alleging that Israel uses one (lenient) law against Israelis and another (iron

fisted) law against Palestinians, Shapiro gave substance to Kerry’s two-year-old assault.

And in claiming that this state of affairs exists today, he transformed Kerry’s incendiary

claim of an apartheid future into a defamatory rap sheet for current imaginary offenses.

The timing of Shapiro’s blood libel was significant for two reasons. First, the day after a

Palestinian murdered Meir, and hours after another Palestinian stabbed another Jewish

mother in the late stages of pregnancy, the US ambassador told the Palestinians that

America blames Israel for their barbarism.

Shapiro maligned Israel just as the Council of Europe announced it was firming up its

rules for labeling Jewish-made products from Judea, Samaria and Jerusalem and

published a document on its plans for handling a unicorn called “the Middle East Peace

Process.”

Both the EU’s announcement about labeling Jewish products and its document about the

nonexistent “Middle East Peace Process” were notable for two reasons. First, they made

no mention whatsoever of terrorism. As far as the Europeans are concerned, the only

side preventing peace is Israel. And to bring peace, the EU calls for the Jewish state to

be treated like Jews in Europe – that is, singled out for discrimination, abuse and insults.

The near simultaneity of Shapiro’s slander and the EU’s latest discriminatory steps

against Israel tells the Palestinians that they should keep up their attacks. Israel will be

hard pressed to launch an effective counterattack with the Americans and Europeans

breathing down its neck demanding concessions.

The message these statements communicate to Israel is actually worse than that. The

simultaneity of these remarks was not coincidental.

Neither was State Department spokesman James Kirby’s condemnation of Israel’s

lawful land policies in the Jordan Valley, which was followed immediately by a similar

condemnation by UN Secretary-General Ban Ki-moon and a call by the PA for a UN

Security Council resolution against Israel. Taken together they show that we are in the

midst of a coordinated US-led political offensive against Israel.

129

How is Israel supposed to defend itself against this coordinated terrorist-diplomatic

onslaught? How can Israel keep the Americans and Europeans at bay and deter the

Palestinians from murdering its citizens? Beyond the counterterror measures that are

already being carried out, Israel needs to act on three levels.

On the diplomatic front, the government needs to change the focus of its public

diplomacy.

The government currently accepts the false claim that the Palestinian terrorist onslaught

is being carried out by lone wolves. Its public diplomacy is limited as a consequence to

condemning official Palestinian Authority incitement.

This line is wrong and counterproductive.

It lends credence to the false conclusion that the assault is limited and can therefore be

overlooked by Westerners eager to attack Israel.

In their public pronouncements, our officials should direct their remarks against

Palestinian society as a whole. So too the government should attack the radical Left in

Israel and in the West that supports a society that seeks to annihilate Israel, applauds

barbarism and kills anyone who wishes to live at peace with Israel.

Wednesday, a storm erupted in England following The Sun’s publication of the findings

of an undercover investigation of so-called human rights groups broadcast on Channel

2’s investigative news magazine two weeks ago. That investigation showed senior

“human rights” activists Ezra Nawi from Ta’ayush and Nasser Nawaja from B’Tselem

plotting to turn over to the Palestinian security forces a Palestinian who wished to sell

land to Jews. Nawajah and Nawi acted with the full knowledge that he would be tortured

and killed. In a heated debate in the British Parliament, lawmakers demanded to know

why the government was funding B’Tselem with taxpayer funds. In other words, the

lawmakers showed that a policy of exposing the barbarism of Palestinian society and the

fanaticism of its Western supporters is effective.

The second area where the government must act is in its settlement policies. Although it

will be difficult for Israel to face down the Obama administration and respect Jewish

property rights in Judea, Samaria and Jerusalem in the coming year, nothing is stopping

it from destroying illegal EU-financed Palestinian construction in Area C.

130

The government should act forcefully to remove all of the EU-constructed illegal

Palestinian settlements in Area C of Judea and Samaria. The place the government

should begin demolition is at the illegal Palestinian settlement outside the national

heritage site of Sussiya, just kilometers from where Dafna Meir was murdered. The dual

purpose of that specific EU-financed illegal building project is to threaten the Israeli

communities of Sussiya and Mitzpe Yair and to deny the historic significance of the

ancient Jewish city of Sussiya.

Destroying the squatter community will send a potent message to the Palestinians and

their Western abettors.

At the same time, the government should speed up the pace of building new Israeli

communities across the armistice line from Sussiya in the northern Negev around Arad

in state lands being threatened by the EU-supported Beduin who are working in

coordination with the Palestinian squatters in the South Hebron Hills.

The final thing that Israel needs to do in the face of the Palestinian terrorism supported

by Western political warfare is to rub the EU bureaucrats’ faces in the fact that Israel is

succeeding where their governments are failing. It isn’t enough for Israel to call for the

Jews of France and the rest of Western Europe to make aliya. Over the past two years,

aliya from Western Europe has reached all-time highs. As the governments that single

out the Jewish state for abuse prove on a daily basis that they cannot protect their Jewish

citizens, more and more European Jews are heeding the call and moving to Israel.

But over the past several months, it has become apparent that for all our goodwill, Israel

has not figured out how to absorb its newest citizens. Dentists, pharmacists and other

professionals are chewed up and spit out by a bureaucracy of professional guilds whose

protectionist licensing requirements are convincing many people to turn around and go

back to Europe. The government must make it an urgent priority to break the guilds. It is

far more important to enable Jewish professionals from France to work in their fields in

Israel than to protect the antiquated licensing requirements of hidebound professional

cliques.

131

Israel is under a coordinated assault by the Palestinians who hate us and the Europeans

and Americans who are hostile to us.

Our options for dealing with this assault are not optimal. But they are formidable. If we

make judicious use of them, we can flummox the White House and the EU, and at a

minimum, we can begin to prove to the Palestinians that their faith in terrorism is no

longer justified.

132

Appendix (3)

JPOST EDITORIAL: ISRAEL AND THE PA

BYJPOST EDITORIAL - NOVEMBER 26, 2015 20:35

As difficult as it may be to see the forest for the trees the IDF’s recommendations should

be seriously considered and hopefully adopted by the government.

lowing two months of unrelenting terrorist attacks waged by Palestinians against Israeli

civilians and security personnel, it probably wasn’t the message that most of the battered

populace wanted to hear.

We’re referring to Wednesday’s recommendations issued by the IDF to the government

to take steps to strengthen the Palestinian Authority. According to the military

assessment, the “limited uprising” – which has taken the place of “wave of terrorism” in

describing the stabbing, shooting and stone-throwing attacks – has sparked concern over

the potential future disintegration of the PA if the violence continues to mount.

The recommendations include enabling PA security forces – deemed a moderating

influence in the area – to acquire more firearms and armored vehicles, releasing

Palestinian prisoners with light security offenses, and increasing the number of Israeli

work visas for West Bank Palestinians to bolster the Palestinian economy and

theoretically moderate the ongoing terrorism against Israelis.

As difficult as it may be to see the forest for the trees, especially when it’s littered with

the blood of 23 Israelis who have been murdered in the last two months, the IDF’s

recommendations should be seriously considered and hopefully adopted by the

government.

According to the IDF, the bulk of the terrorist attacks have been perpetrated by

unorganized gangs or lone wolves, and not by the usual suspects like Hamas or Islamic

Jihad. These mostly untrained assailants (some as young as 13) have been influenced by

Palestinian incitement, the radical ideology of Islamic State, and extreme social media

postings, and are not part of an overall strategic assault on Israel, symbolized by the

onslaught that took place in the second intifada.

Despite the gruesome headlines and heartbreaking stories – whether it’s Eitam and

133

Naama Heinkin who were murdered on October 1 in their car in front of their small

children, 18-year-old US citizen Ezra Schwartz, who was killed last week at an Alon

Shvut intersection, or the most recent victim, IDF soldier Ziv Mizrahi, who met his fate

at the Dor Alon gas station along Route 443 near Modi’in on Monday – the continued

cooperation between the IDF and PA security forces has undoubtedly prevented even

more attacks from taking place.

It may be convenient to place the blame for the current state of affairs on all

Palestinians, and especially their leaders, and there’s no shortage of issues that must be

put on their shoulders – from continued incitement in statements by Palestinian leaders

like PA President Mahmoud Abbas (with his offensive “filthy Jewish feet” on the

Temple Mount comment) to more organizational incitement via textbooks and media

that raises generations of Palestinians to view Israelis as sub-human usurpers.

However, what must be remembered is that the vast bulk of the Palestinian population of

the West Bank, whether they support terrorism against Israel or not, are not terrorists.

Collective punishment in the form of an increased clampdown on movement or civil

liberties or house demolitions only serves to radicalize more of the population and

increase the likelihood of mass protests with high casualty levels that could in turn drag

the armed terrorist organizations into the equation.

As Defense Minister Moshe Ya’alon pointed out Wednesday at the launch of the Amnon

Lipkin Shahak Program on National Security and Democracy at the Israel Democracy

Institute, Israel must face the challenge of confronting terrorism head on and not

infringing on the lives of the widespread Palestinian population.

“It’s a moral question, and you need to make decisions.

How do you let those who are not involved in terrorism, who want to live in cooperation

with Israel, continue with their everyday lives, but also provide an answer to the

individual terrorists, coming from the civilian population, with knives, car attacks,

shooting attacks and everything else?” he asked.

His answer, which dovetails with the IDF recommendations, is to strive to allow both

the Arab and Jewish civilians in Judea and Samaria to live their lives as freely as

possible.

134

That requires cooperation with whoever can bring calm to the area, Palestinian security

forces included.

Amid the anguish the country is experiencing, it is a glowing testament to our principles

that our defense minister chose to speak about protecting our values and remaining

humane in the face of inhumane acts against us.

135

Appendix (4)

مقتل إسرائيليين بعملية طعن في تل أبيب

أبيب نفذ شاب فلسطيني بعد ظهر يوم الخميس عملية طعن داخل مبنى جنوب مدينة تل المحتلة استهدف فيها عددا من اإلسرائيليين، حيث قتل إسرائيليان أحدهما في الثالثينات والثاني في

الخمسينات من عمره وأصيب ثالث وصفت اصابته بالمتوسطة.وعرف منفذ عملية الطعن على انه شاب فلسطيني يدعى رائد خليل محمود، يبلغ من العمر

ورا جنوبي الضفة الغربية المحتلة، متزوج وأب لخمسة أوالد.عاما، وهو من سكان مدينة د 36ونفذت العملية في حوالي الساعة الثانية من بعد ظهر يوم الخميس في شارع بن تسيفي جنوبي تل أبيب المحتلة، بعد أن تسلل المنفذ للطابق الثاني من مبنى بانوراما، وشرع في طعن

جر يهودي في المبنى.المستوطنين اثناء أداء صلواتهم داخل متوأفاد شيمون فاكنين، وهو أحد الشهود المتواجدين اثناء وقوع العملية، أنه رأى رجال مغطى

بالدم دخل المتجر بعد لحظات من بدء المستوطنين ألداء صالتهم وبدأ بمهاجمتهم. إيقافه وأضاف بأن المنفذ استمر بمهاجمة المستوطنين داخل المتجر الى أن قام المستوطنين ب

بإغالق االبواب أثناء محاولته االنسحاب.واصل رائد هجومه ضد المستوطنين خارج المتجر، حيث أقدم على طعن مستوطن آخر حتى

الموت، قبل فراره نحو الطابق السفلي.

قام رائد بطعن مستوطن ثالث وطورد الى أن وصل مستودع أحذية، حيث قام المستوطنين يه واحتجازه حتى وصول الشرطة االسرائيلية، وفقا لما ذكره شهود عيان المارة هناك بالسيطرة عل

كانوا متواجدين في المكان وقت وقوع العملية.يعد مبنى بانوراما مبنى دائري الشكل، حيث يتكون من عدة طوابق مفتوحة باإلضافة الى

ن التعرض للتفتيش مدرج صعود يصل بأعلى المبنى. وهو مبنى مفتوح يمكن التسلل اليه بسهولة دو والفحص األمني.

سيجال بنتشاس، وهي موظفة تعمل في دار نشر في الجهة المقابلة للمتجر اليهودي، تقاوم الدموع بعينيها وهي تشاهد من مسافة أمتار قليلة فقط فظاعة الهجوم وتجربة االقتراب من الموت.

136

ا خارج المتجر اليهودي، قالت سيجال، "كنت أمشي في طريقي الى سيارتي المركونة يمينفأدركت أني قد نسيت مفاتيح السيارة في المكتب، فعدت لجلبها. وفي أثناء عودتي الى الداخل

سمعت أصوات صراخ فركضت الى المكتب وأغلقت الباب على نفسي."وأضافت سيجال أنها كانت تختلس النظر من خالل الستائر وتشاهد رائد وهو يقدم على

دة طعنات في صدره، وعلى الفور سارعت الى االتصال بالشرطة إلبالغهم طعن إسرائيلي بع باألمر.

قالت سيجال وهي تهز رأسها في ضيق وحزن: "كان من المفترض أن أكون هناك."

يسرائيل باخار، هو شاهد آخر كان مصعوقا من هول ما رأى أثناء عمله في متجر مجاور لمكان وقوع العملية.

أصوات صراخ، فهرع مسرعا نحو الخارج لرؤية ما يحدث، ليشاهد رائد قال باخار أنه سمع وهو يقدم على طعن إسرائيلي بعدة طعنات في صدره.

وأضاف باخار أنه عاد الى متجره بسرعة وامسك بقضيب فألقاه نحو رائد، ليقوم رائد بمالحقته والركض خلفه، إال أنه فر منه واختبئ في متجره.

إنه خرج بعد ذلك في محاولة لمساعدة الجريح، "حاولت مسرعا مساعدته، وتابع باخار قائال كنت أحمله بين يدي، إال انه قد توفي قبل أن تأتي طواقم اإلسعاف."

بدورها، أعلنت طواقم اإلسعاف التي هرعت الى مكان العملية عن وفاة أحد الجرحى في ي تل أبيب، حيث أُعلن هناك الحقا المكان، فيما جرى نقل مصابين اثنين الى مشفى سوراسكي ف

عن وفاة أحدهم كانت اصابته قد وصفت بالحرجة.ووفقا لطواقم اإلسعاف، فإن كال القتيلين تعرضوا للطعن بعدة طعنات في الجزء العلوي من

الجسد، أحدهم أصيب بست طعنات متكررة في منطقة القلب.من مكان وقوع العملية، حيث يملك يعمل رائد بشكل قانوني في مطعم اسرائيلي على مقربة

تصريح عمل داخل األراضي الفلسطينية المحتلة، وليس له أية سوابق أمنية.

137

بدورها، قالت شرطة االحتالل في بيان صدر عنها الخميس أنها لم تحدد بعد إذا ما كان منفذ مطعم، مؤكدة أن العملية قد جاء من مكان العمل قبل تنفيذ العملية، أم أخذ السكين من مطبخ ال

جهاز الشاباك اإلسرائيلي ال زال يحقق في األمر.أثناء جلوس اإلسرائيليين في مطعم بوخاران، الواقع في شارع بن تسيفي على بعد بضعة مبان من مكان وقوع العملية، حول المائدة لتناول طعام الغداء والشراب بعد فترة ليست بطويلة من وقوع

ة االحتالل توجه بنادقها نحو المطعم وتعتقل أربعة موظفين عرب يعملون عملية الطعن، وإذا بشرط في مطبخ المطعم.

أفاد أحد األشخاص المتواجدين داخل المطعم بأن شرطة االحتالل وضعت الموظفين األربعة مكبلين في عربة تابعة لها واقتادتهم الى جهة غير معلومة.

ن منفذ العملية قد عمل مع الموظفين لصالح ويجدر اإلشارة الى أنه لم يتضح إذا ما كا المطعم أم ال.

وفي تطور غير ذات صلة، أعلن المتحدث باسم جيش االحتالل عن اعتقال قوات االحتالل اإلسرائيلي لثالث فلسطينيات صباح الخميس بزعم حيازتهم لسكاكين، ومحاولتهم االقتراب من نقطة

في الضفة الغربية المحتلة.عسكرية لقوات جيش االحتالل االسرائيلي

وقال المتحدث إنه تم رصد وايقاف النساء الفلسطينيات الثالث بالقرب من السياج التابع للنقطة العسكرية.

وأضاف أنه خالل عملية التفتيش عثرت قوات الجيش بحوزة النساء على سكاكين وجرى على إثر ذلك اعتقالهم.

ووقوع إصابات في الحادث.وتابع أنه لم يبلغ عن إطالق نار

وفي سياق متصل، شنت قوات االحتالل الصهيوني بالتعاون مع قوات حرس الحدود حملة فلسطينيا ممن يقال 18مداهمات طالت أنحاء مختلفة في الضفة الغربية المحتلة، اعتقلت خاللها

لقنابل الحارقة متهمون بممارسة أعمال شغب وبحجة رشق الحجارة وا 17إنهم "مطلوبون". بينهم تجاه المدنيين اإلسرائيليين.

138

وقال المتحدث باسم قوات االحتالل أن القوات ركزت خالل مداهماتها على مخيم الدهيشة لالجئين الفلسطينيين جنوب بيت لحم بالضفة الغربية المحتلة، واستهدفت عددا من أعضاء الجبهة

الشعبية لتحرير فلسطين.قال جهاز المخابرات اإلسرائيلية الشاباك بالتعاون مع شرطة وشهد يوم الخميس أيضا اعت

أطفال قاصرين من سكان قرية بير سيكا، بزعم 10االحتالل مجموعة مكونة من فتيين فلسطينيين وقيامهم بنشاطات إرهابية تم خاللها القاء الحجارة والزجاجات الحارقة على سيارات إسرائيلية كانت

يبلغ عن وقوع إصابات. . ولم6تمر على طريق رقم

139

Appendix (5)

باحثة إسرائيلية: "إسرائيل" تقع تحت طائلة "هجوم منسق"

" إنني أفتخر بولدي"، هذا ما استهلت به الكاتبة اإلسرائيلية كارولين غليك مقالها المنشور على صحيفة جيروساليم بوست اإلسرائيلية، في إشارة إلى تصريح بدر إدعيس، والد الفتى

عاما( الذي أقدم على تنفيذ عملية طعن، مساء األحد، أسفرت عن مقتل 16الفلسطيني مراد )اإلسرائيلية دافنا مئير داخل منزلها في مستوطنة عتنائيل المقامة على أراضي المواطنين

الفلسطينيين جنوبي مدينة الخليل.غمره سعادة كبيرة لكون أوضحت الباحثة كما جاء في المقال أن معرفة ما إذا كان إدعيس ت

ابنه "سيتعفن" في زنزانته، هو أمر أقل أهمية من التصريح الذي أدلى به أمام حشد الجماهير التي اجتمعت أمام منزله.

وقالت الباحثة أن إدعيس يعلم جيدا أن الجماهير ينظرون إلى ابنه مراد على أنه بطل على حد زعمها. حقيقي، وعليه لعب دور العازف على أوتار الجماهير،

وأضافت الباحثة أن الفلسطينيين كأمثال مراد إدعيس ُوِصفوا بأنهم "ذئاب منفردة" عندما استهلوا هجمتهم الحالية ضد الوجود اإلسرائيلي في فلسطين منذ أيلول/ سبتمبر المنصرم.

نيال وأشارت إلى أن دراسة نشرت في نوفمبر الماضي في مجلة موزايك اإلسرائيلية للكاتب دابولسار من كلية شاليم في القدس، ُتبين أن تصوير المهاجمين الفلسطينيين على أنهم "ذئاب منفردة"

هو وصف خاطئ وال يجدي نفعا.وذكرت الباحثة في مقالها أن بولسار قام بدراسة بيانات الرأي العام الفلسطيني من خالل

مدى السنوات الخمس والعشرين استطالعات رأي أجرتها أربع مجموعات بحثية مستقلة على الماضية، حيث كشفت الدراسة عن وجود ثالث جوانب رئيسية تتعلق بالمواقف الفلسطينية تجاه "إسرائيل"، والتي جميعها تعد عوامل أساسية تؤثر بشكل مباشر على موجة الهجمات الفلسطينية

الحالية

140

رت خالل سنوات الربع األخير من وبينت الباحثة أن نتائج االستطالع األول من الدراسة أظهالقرن الماضي أن أغلبية صلبة في المجتمع الفلسطيني تؤيد وتبجل تنفيذ الهجمات ضد

اإلسرائيليين، بل كلما كانت الهجمات أكثر قساوة وإيالما، كلما زاد تأييدها وتبجيلها.بية الساحقة من وأضافت الباحثة أن نتائج االستطالع الثاني لبولسار أشارت إلى أن األغل

الشعب الفلسطيني يكره اليهود، كما يجزم بأنه ليس لهم الحق في الوجود على أرض فلسطين، وبالتالي محكوم عليهم بالزوال، وفقا لبولسار.

كما ذكرت الباحثة أنه حسب دراسة بولسار، فإن تناول نتائج االستطالع األول والثاني معا، طبيعة حملة الهجوم الفلسطيني الحالية ضد اإلسرائيليين، مفاده سيقود الى استنتاج واحد فقط بشأن

أن هذه الحملة التي تستهدف اإلسرائيليين لم تعد تنفذ من قبل فلسطينيين وحيدين أو منعزلين كانوا قد تأثروا "بتحريض" دعاية السلطة الفلسطينية، بل في الواقع إن تلك الدعاية تعكس مدى "الكراهية

تشعر بها األغلبية العظمى من الشعب الفلسطيني حيال "إسرائيل" ومن فيها، على حد القاتلة" التي زعمها.

وذهبت الباحثة إلى أن إدعيس ورفاقه ممن ينفذون هجمات تستهدف اإلسرائيليين، هم أشخاص ممثلين ومخلصين لمجتمع يدعم ويؤيد تنفيذ تلك الهجمات، سواء كانوا أعضاء ينتمون

ية ويستمدون توجيهاتهم منها أو ال.لتنظيمات فلسطينلذلك فإن أي حديث عن عملية السالم في ظل المناخ الحالي يعتبر حماقة تامة، وبالتالي فإن أقصى ما يمكن أن تطمح إليه "إسرائيل" في الوقت الحالي هو القيام بردع الفلسطينيين عن

مهاجمتها، وفقا للباحثة.نا الى نتائج االستطالع الثالث لدراسة بولسار، ومفادها واوضحت الباحثة أن هذا االمر يوصل

أن بيانات استطالعات الرأي التي أجريت على مدار السنوات الخمس والعشرين الماضية، تظهر جليا بأن غالبية الشعب الفلسطيني يرون أن الهجمات التي ُتشن ضد اإلسرائيليين هي هجمات "دفع

ثمن".

ن أن الفلسطينيين على صواب، فلو تم النظر الى الجيل الماضي، كما أن الحقيقة الجلية ُتبيالَتضح أن الفلسطينيين تمكنوا من إيقاع خسائر بشرية في صفوف اإلسرائيليين فقط من خالل شن

هجمات ضدهم، طبقا للكاتبة.

141

نها وتنظر الباحثة الى أن حقيقة التنازالت التي تقدمها الحكومة االسرائيلية للفلسطينيين من شأأن تعزز اقتناع االوساط الفلسطينية بمبدأ شن هجمات دفع الثمن، بدال من اقتناعهم بمبدأ إحالل

السالم، وهذه تعد سابقة خطيرة في ظل مواجهة الهجوم الفلسطيني ضد اإلسرائيليين.وأشارت الباحثة إلى أن الغالبية العظمى من اإلسرائيليين تعلموا الدرس الحقيقي من تقديم

زالت للفلسطينيين، وعليه انتخبوا حكومات تعارض مبدأ التسوية السلمية معهم، بينما كان تناالفلسطينيون على يقين بأن الجمهور اإلسرائيلي ال يملك كلمة الفصل بشأن إذا ما كان سيتم

مكافأتهم على الجرائم ضد اإلنسانية التي ارتكبوها بحق الشعب الفلسطيني أم ال.

بأن الفلسطينيين يؤمنون أن "إسرائيل" تعتمد على "حسن نوايا" الحكومات وترى الباحثة الغربية الصديقة، لدرجة أن تلك الحكومات ُتمارس الضغط عليها للنزول عند المطالب الفلسطينية، حيث تعمل كل من الواليات المتحدة االمريكية ودول االتحاد األوروبي في شراكة مع الفلسطينيين

قهم في قتل النساء اإلسرائيليات داخل منازلهن.بشأن إثبات حوقد أثبت سفير الواليات المتحدة االمريكية السابق لدى إسرائيل دان شابيرو هذا الحق مرة أخرى، عندما اتهم إسرائيل خالل خطابه الذي عقد يوم االثنين أمام معهد دراسات األمن القومي،

ة الغربية، ومع ذلك أصدر شابيرو في مستهل بممارسة العنصرية المؤسسية في مناطق الضف خطابه إدانة شكلية ألعمال العنف الوحشية التي ُتماَرس ضد اإلسرائيليين.

وزعمت الباحثة أن اتهام شابيرو "الباطل" الموجه نحو "إسرائيل" زاد من حدة مسلسل القذف ري ضدها قبل عامين من والتشهير الذي قاده وزير خارجية الواليات المتحدة االمريكية جون كي

اآلن.، حذر جون كيري من خطر أن تصبح "إسرائيل" دولة ذات نظام 2014ففي أوائل العام

فصل عنصري ما لم تلتزم الهدوء في مناطق الضفة الغربية والقدس.ورأت الباحثة أن اتهام "إسرائيل" باستخدام قوانين متساهلة مع اإلسرائيليين وأخرى عنصرية

ينيين، هي ادعاءات باطلة نتج على أثرها اعتداء كيري الذي دام لعامين. ضد الفلسط

وأضافت أنه بزعم شابيرو أن هذه القوانين ما زالت قائمة حتى يومنا هذا، تحول ادعاء كيري التحريضي بشأن مستقبل الفصل العنصري ليصبح ورقة ادانة تشهيرية ترفع في وجه "إسرائيل".

142

يت هجو الدم الموجه نحو "إسرائيل" من قبل شابيرو كان بليغا واوضحت الباحثة أن توقهو أن شابيرو قال في تصريح، بعد يوم من قيام فلسطيني بقتل دافنا مئير، وبعد -لسببين: األول

ساعات من قيام فلسطيني آخر بطعن امرأة يهودية، بأن الواليات المتحدة تلوم "إسرائيل" بسبب لسطينيين.أفعالها البربرية تجاه الف

وبحسب الباحثة فإن السفير األمريكي افترى على "إسرائيل" تمام مثلما فعل مجلس أوروبا عندما أعلن عن ترسيخ قواعد وسم منتجات المستوطنات اإلسرائيلية في الضفة الغربية والقدس

المحتلتين، ونْشر وثيقة توضح خططه في التعامل مع عملية السالم في الشرق األوسط.

ت الباحثة أن إعالن االتحاد األوروبي وسم منتجات المستوطنات اإلسرائيلية، وإصداره وبينلوثيقة مبادئ بشأن عملية السالم في الشرق األوسط جاءا لسببين: أولهما أن االتحاد األوروبي لم

.يطرح قضية اإلرهاب مطلقا، كما يرى أن "إسرائيل" هي العائق الوحيد لعملية السالم في المنطقةونوهت الباحثة الى أن التزامن القريب بين ادعاءات شابيرو والخطوات التصعيدية األخيرة التي اتخذها االتحاد األوروبي بحق "إسرائيل"، دفعت الفلسطينيين الى مواصلة هجماتهم ضدها؛ وبالتالي فإن "إسرائيل" ستضطر الى شن هجوم مضاد فعال، في الوقت الذي تواصل فيه الواليات

لمتحدة واالتحاد األوروبي ممارسة الضغط عليها لتقديم تنازالت من أجل عملية السالم.ا

وبينت أن الرسالة التي أرادت الواليات المتحدة واالتحاد األوروبي إيصالها الى "إسرائيل" هي لم أسوأ من ذلك، فالتزامن القريب بين ادعاءات شابيرو وخطوات االتحاد األوروبي التصعيدية بحقها

تكن من قبْيْل الصدفة.

وبينت أيضا أن إدانة المتحدث الرسمي باسم وزارة الخارجية األمريكية "جون كيربي" لسياسات "إسرائيل" الرامية الى قوننة األراضي الفلسطينية في غور األردن، تبعها إدانة مماثلة من جانب

ن الدولي من جانب رئيس السلطة األمين العام لألمم المتحدة بان كي مون، ومطالبة لمجلس االم الفلسطينية محمود عباس باتخاذ قرار بحق االنتهاكات اإلسرائيلية تجاه فلسطين.

ومن ذلك يتضح أن "إسرائيل" تتواجد في خضم هجوم سياسي منسق تقوده الواليات المتحدة االمريكية ضدها، وفقا للباحثة.

143

ظل هذا الهجوم الدبلوماسي المنسق؟ كيف يتوجب على "إسرائيل" أن تدافع عن نفسها فيوكيف يمكن لها ردع الفلسطينيين عن مهاجمة مواطنيها مع إبقاء الواليات المتحدة واالتحاد

األوروبي خارج دائرة الصراع؟لإلجابة على هذه األسئلة، تقول الباحثة بأن "إسرائيل" يتوجب عليها أن تعمل على ثالثة

مكافحة اإلرهاب التي يجري تنفيذها. مستويات باإلضافة الى إجراءاتفعلى صعيد الجبهة الدبلوماسية، إن الحكومة اإلسرائيلية بحاجة الى إحداث تغيير جوهري

على مستوى دبلوماسيتها العامة.

فالحكومة ال زالت تعتقد ادعاءا خاطئا بأن من يقوم بالعمليات التي تستهدف اإلسرائيليين هم أن دبلوماسيتها العامة مقيدة نتيجة ادانة التحريض الرسمي للسلطة أشخاص منفردين، إضافة إلى

الفلسطينية، وهو أمر خاطئ كونه ال يصب في مصلحة اإلسرائيليين ويؤدي لنتائج عكسية.وبحسب الباحثة فإن هذا يضفي مصداقية الستنتاج كاذب حول محدودية الهجوم، وبالتالي

تحمسين لرؤية "إسرائيل" وهي تهاجم.يمكن التغاضي عنه من قبل الغربيين الم

ونوهت الباحثة إلى أن المسؤولين ينبغي عليهم توجيه تصريحاتهم تجاه المجتمع الفلسطيني ككل، كما ينبغي على الحكومة مهاجمة اليسارية الراديكالية في "إسرائيل" وفي الغرب، التي تؤيد

بالوحشية وتقتل أي شخص يرغب في المجتمعات التي تسعى الى القضاء على "إسرائيل" وتشيد العيش معها.

ولفتت الباحثة إلى أن عاصفة أثيرت في إنجلترا عقب إعالن جريدة ذا صن البريطانية نتائج تحقيق سرية حول ما يسمى بمجموعات حقوق االنسان التي بثت تحقيق إخباري على القناة الثانية

االسرائيلية قبل حوالي أسبوعين.

حثة أن التحقيق أظهر ناشطين بارزين في مجال حقوق االنسان، عزرا حيث أوضحت الباناوي من منظمة تعايش وناصر نواجا من منظمة بتسليم، وهم يخططون لتسليم فلسطيني، سعى إلى بيع أراض لليهود، الى أيدي األجهزة األمنية التابعة للسلطة الفلسطينية. رغم علمهم التام أنه إذا

ه سيواجه خطر الموت.وصل الى أيديهم فإن

144

وفي نقاش ساخن داخل البرلمان البريطاني، طالب مشرعون بريطانيون بتفسير أسباب تمويل حكومتهم لمنظمة بتسليم بأموال دافعي الضرائب.

أما المستوى الثاني الذي ينبغي على الحكومة العمل به هو السياسات االستيطانية، حيث ما، واحترام حقوق الملكية اليهودية في مناطق الضفة الغربية ترى الباحثة أن مواجهة إدارة أوبا

والقدس المحتلتين سيكون أمر صعب على "إسرائيل" في العام المقبل، إال أنه ال شيء يمنعها من تدمير البناء الفلسطيني "الغير قانوني" الممول من قبل االتحاد األوروبي في المنطقة "ج"، على حد

زعمها.

ة بأنه ينبغي على الحكومة التصرف بقوة إلزالة جميع التجمعات السكنية وأضافت الباحث الفلسطينية "الغير قانونية" التي شيدها االتحاد األوربي في المنطقة "ج" في الضفة الغربية المحتلة.

وأضافت أيضا بأنه ينبغي عليها أن تبدأ بإزالة التجمع السكني، الواقع على مقربة عدة كان مقتل االسرائيلية دفنا مئير، بحجة إقامته على موقع أثرى إسرائيلي.كيلومترات عن م

وزعمت الباحثة أن الغاية المزدوجة من مشروع البناء الممول من قبل االتحاد األوربي، هي تهديد المجتمعات اإلسرائيلية في مستوطنتي سوسية ومتسبي يائير، وإنكار أي صلة تاريخية لليهود

في قرية سوسية.

وذكرت الباحثة أن إزالة التجمع السكني الفلسطيني سيكون بمثابة رسالة قوية للفلسطينيين أنفسهم و"للمحرضين" الغربيين.

ونوهت إلى أنه يجب على الحكومة اإلسراع في وتيرة بناء مجتمعات استيطانية جديدة على مال بئر السبع.األراضي الفلسطينية المقامة في محيط خط الهدنة بجوار قرية سوسية، ش

ولفتت الباحثة إلى أن األمر األخير الذي يجدر على الحكومة اإلسرائيلية أن تقوم به حيال الهجوم الفلسطيني المدعوم من قبل السياسة الغربية، هو فرك وجوه بيروقراطيي االتحاد األوروبي

بحقيقة أن حكومة "إسرائيل" تنجح في حين أن حكوماتهم تبوء بالفشل.الباحثة: "ليس كافيا على إسرائيل أن تدعو يهود فرنسا وبقية يهود أوروبا بالهجرة إليها، وقالت

فقد وصل عدد اليهود المهاجرين القادمين إلى "إسرائيل" الى أعلى مستوياته على االطالق في العاميين الماضيين."

145

تثبت عدم قدرتها على وأضافت: "بما أن الحكومات الغربية التي تتعمد إفراد إسرائيل باإلساءةحماية مواطنيها اليهود بشكل يومي، فإن المزيد والمزيد من يهود أوروبا يولي آذان صاغية لدعوة

"إسرائيل" بالهجرة إليها."لكن رغم ذلك بات واضحا على مدى األشهر القليلة الماضية أن "إسرائيل" لم تكن على دراية

اب مواطنيها الجدد، فأطباء األسنان والصيادلة وغيرهم من جيدة بشأن الكيفية التي يمكن بها استيعالمهنيين يمضغون ويبصقون من قبل بيروقراطية النقابات المهنية التي تعتبر إقناع العديد من اإلسرائيليين باالستدارة والعودة من حيث أتو كأحد أهم متطلبات الترخيص الحمائية لديها، تبعا

للباحثة.لى الحكومة ان تولي أهمية عاجلة لمكافحة هذه النقابات واالطاحة بها، وتابعت أنه ينبغي ع

فتمكين يهود فرنسا المهنيين من العمل في ميادين تخصصهم داخل "إسرائيل"، هو أهم بكثير من حماية متطلبات ترخيص الكتل المهنية التي عفا عليها الزمن نتيجة ضيق آفاقها.

تحت طائلة هجوم منسق ومنظم يشنه الفلسطينيون، بجانب وأردفت الباحثة أن "إسرائيل" تقع األطراف األوروبية واألمريكية التي ُتِكن العداء لإلسرائيليين.

فخيارات إسرائيل للتعامل مع هذا الهجوم ال تشكل الحل األمثل، إال أنها تلعب دورا ال سليما، فإنها تستطيع إذهال يستهان به، فإذا ما أحسنت "إسرائيل" استخدام هذه الخيارات استخداما

الواليات المتحدة واالتحاد األوروبي بها. وبالتالي يمكنها ان تثبت، كحد أدنى، للفلسطينيين أن إيمانهم بالعمليات "اإلرهابية" لم يعد له ما يبرره.

146

Appendix (6)

جيروساليم بوست: "إسرائيل" والسلطة الفلسطينية

صحيفة جيروساليم بوست االسرائيلية مقاال استشرف القول بأنه تحت هذا العنوان نشرت ينبغي النظر بجدية في توصيات الجيش التي يأمل ان تتبناها الحكومة، في الوقت الذي كانت فيه

اإلحاطة بكافة تفاصيل الموقف أمر شبه مستحيل.القاسية التي حيث ذكرت الصحيفة أنه بعد مرور شهرين على بدء موجة العمليات الفلسطينية

تستهدف اإلسرائيليين في مختلف أماكن تواجدهم داخل األراضي الفلسطينية المحتلة، لم تكن على االرجح هذه هي الرسالة التي أراد غالبية جمهور الكيان االسرائيلي ان يسمعها.

وأوردت الصحيفة في المقال أن ما يقصد بهذه الرسالة هي التوصيات التي صدرت عن حتالل االسرائيلي يوم األربعاء، والتي من شأنها ان تساعد حكومة االحتالل على اتخاذ جيش اال

مجموعة من اإلجراءات والتدابير الالزمة لدعم وتعزيز السلطة الوطنية الفلسطينية.

وحسب المزاعم اإلسرائيلية فقد أثارت االنتفاضة، بإمكانياتها المتواضعة وعملياتها المحدودة، احتمالية تفكك السلطة الوطنية الفلسطينية في المستقبل إذا ما استمرت موجة العمليات القلق بشأن

الفلسطينية وتدفقت.وكشفت الصحيفة أن توصيات جيش االحتالل اإلسرائيلي تتمثل في تمكين عمل قوات األمن

مزيد من التابعة للسلطة الوطنية الفلسطينية صاحبة النفوذ المعتدل في المنطقة عبر اقتناء الاألسلحة النارية والعربات المدرعة، واالفراج عن السجناء الفلسطينيين أصحاب األحكام البسيطة، وزيادة عدد تصاريح العمل للفلسطينيين من الضفة الغربية داخل الخط األخضر لدعم وتحسين

نية ضد االقتصاد الفلسطيني، االمر الذي سيسهم بدوره في التخفيف من وطأة الهجمات الفلسطي اإلسرائيليين على حد زعمهم.

وأشارت الصحيفة إلى أنه في الوقت الذي كانت فيه اإلحاطة بكافة تفاصيل الموقف أمر شبه إسرائيليا سقطوا قتلى خالل الشهرين 23مستحيل، ال سيما عندما يكون موقفا مشبعا بدماء

جيش والتي ُيأمل ان تتبناها.الماضيين، بات لزاما على الحكومة ان تنظر بجدية في توصيات ال

147

وجاء في المقال وفقا لتقديرات الجيش أن معظم من قام بالعمليات الهجومية التي استهدفت اإلسرائيليين هم أشخاص غير مشتبه بانتمائهم لتنظيمات كحركتي حماس والجهاد االسالمي، بل

عاما. 13على األغلب هم أشخاص منفردين وغير موجهين، منهم من هو دون سن وزعمت الصحيفة أن هؤالء األشخاص كانوا قد تأثروا "بالتحريض" الفلسطيني على اإلسرائيليين، والفكر "الراديكالي" للدولة اإلسالمية، وبالمنشورات "التحريضية" المكتوبة على شبكات التواصل االجتماعي، وبالتالي فهم ليسوا جزءا ضمن مخططات الهجوم االستراتيجي الشامل ضد

إسرائيل، كالتي حدثت خالل سنوات االنتفاضة الفلسطينية الثانية.

وأشارت الصحيفة إلى أن التعاون والتنسيق المتواصلين بين "إسرائيل" والسلطة الفلسطينية كان لهما األثر األكبر، دون أدنى شك، في الحد من وقوع المزيد من الهجمات، رغم ما أحاط

وهجمات أسفرت عن مقتل العديد منهم، سواء كانت تلك التي أدت لمقتل باإلسرائيليين من عمليات الزوجين ايتام ونعامة هينكين، حين كانا في سيارتهما قرب نابلس في األول من تشرين األول/

عاما( عند تقاطع ألون شفوت، أو تلك 18أكتوبر، أو التي أدت لمقتل األمريكي عزرا شوارتز )يف مزراحي في محطة وقود شركة دور اإلسرائيلية الواقعة على طريق التي أدت لمقتل الجندي ز

قرب رام هللا. 443

وحملت الصحيفة اإلسرائيلية عموم الفلسطينيين المسئولية الكاملة على تردي األوضاع الحالية، الناتجة عن حملة التحريض المستمر والممنهج التي تنتهجها القيادة الفلسطينية، سواء كان

تصريحاتها كتصريح رئيس السلطة الفلسطينية محمود عباس ضد اإلسرائيليين بجملته "أقدام ذلك فياليهود القذرة" تعقيبًا على ما يجري باألقصى، أو عبر وسائل االعالم والكتب المطبوعة التي تجسد

حقيقة ان اليهود مغتصبون ألرض فلسطين.

الغالبية العظمى من الفلسطينيين في وأضافت الصحيفة أنه ينبغي أال يغيب عن البال أن الضفة الغربية، سواء كانوا يدعمون "اإلرهاب" ضد إسرائيل أم ال، هم ليسوا "بإرهابيين".

وأوضحت الصحيفة أن أساليب العقاب الجماعي التي تنتهجها حكومة االحتالل ضد شعبية أو الحريات الفلسطينيين عبر زيادة عمليات هدم المنازل أو حمالت القمع ضد الحركة ال

المدنية ال تجلب إال المزيد من "التطرف"، وتزيد من احتمالية تصعيد حدة االحتجاجات الجماهيرية الحاشدة، والتي بدورها يمكن أن تجر التنظيمات المسلحة لخلق معادلة ردع ضد إسرائيل.

148

ة له االربعاء وأردفت الصحيفة في مقالها أن وزير جيش االحتالل موشيه يعلون أشار في كلمخالل إطالق برنامج أمنون ليبكين شاحاك للديموقراطية واالمن القومي في المعهد اإلسرائيلي للديمقراطية قائال: "ينبغي على إسرائيل مواجهة تحدي مكافحة "اإلرهاب" بشكل مباشر، وليس على

حساب التعدي على حياة الفلسطينيين وحقوقهم."

سمح ألناس ال يقومون بأعمال "إرهابية"، ويريدون العيش في وتساءل يعلون قائال: "كيف نأمن وسالم مع "إسرائيل"، ويرغبون في مواصلة حياتهم اليومية، بتوفير غطاء لألفراد "اإلرهابيين" المنبثقين منهم، ليقوموا بإجراء هجمات طعن، ودهس، وإطالق نار، وأشياء أخرى؟،" موضحا أنها

ذ قرارات حاسمة.مسألة أخالقية تتطلب اتخاورأت الصحيفة أن إجابة سؤاله تتفق جيدا مع توصيات جيش االحتالل، وهي بذل أقصى

جهد ممكن من اجل جعل العرب واليهود في الضفة الغربية ينعمون بحياة ملؤها الحرية واالستقرار.نه أن وختمت الصحيفة المقال بالقول: "إن تحقيق هذا األمر يستلزم التعاون مع كل من يمك

يجلب السالم إلى المنطقة، بما فيهم قوات االمن الفلسطينية."

149

Appendix (7)

ردا على الجرائم الصهيونية, فلسطيني ينفذ عملية فدائية في تل ابيب, وحماس تشيد بالعملية

نفذ مواطن فلسطيني عملية فدائية ضد المستوطنين الصهاينة في مبنى للمكاتب التجارية في مدينة تل الربيع المحتلة / تل أبيب. وقد جاءت عملية الطعن كرد على الجرائم الصهيونية بحق

هلها. المدنيين الفلسطينيين في االراضي الفلسطينية المحتلة من قتل واعتقال وهدم للمنازل وتشريد أ وذكرت المصادر الصهيونية أن منفذ العملية الفدائية هو المواطن الفلسطيني رائد خليل بن عاما، من سكان دورا جنوب غرب مدينة الخليل المحتلة. 36محمود،

وذكرت صحيفة جيروازليم بوست أن محمود أوشك على الموت بفعل الضرب والتنكيل على تعتقله قوات الشرطة الصهيونية.يد المستوطنين الصهاينة قبل ان

وأضافت الصحيفة أن محمود يعمل في مطعم بالقرب من مكان الحادث، ويملك تصريح بدخول االراضي المحتلة بما فيها تل أبيب، وأنه ليس له تاريخ من الجرائم األمنية، أو انتماء الي

مود وهو ما يفسره كثير من تنظيم، وهو ما يرجح أن العملية الفدائية كانت بتصرف فردي من محالمراقبون بأنه يأتي كنتيجة طبيعية لجرائم القتل واالعتقال والتهجير التي ترتكبها قوات االحتالل ضد

المدنيين الفلسطينيين في االراضي المحتلة خاصة مدينة الخليل. رب، وبعيد الحادث، نفذت قوات االحتالل الصهيوني حملة تفتيش ومداهمات ضد العمال الع

حيث اقتحمت مطعم بوخاران وهو مطعم قريب من مكان الحادثة، ونكلت بأربعة من العمال العرب في المطعم ثم اعتقلتهم واقتادتهم الي جهة مجهولة.

وقالت وسائل اعالم صهيونية ان العملية أدت لوفاة مستوطنْين وجرح ثالث، في حين تم اعتقال منفذ العملية.

قوات االحتالل اعتداءاتها ضد النساء الفلسطينيات، حيث اعتقلت وفي سياق متصل واصلتقوات االحتالل ثالث فلسطينيات لمجرد مرورهن بالقرب من السياج الخارجي لمركز عسكري تابع لالحتالل فى الضفة الغربية. وكما هو المعتاد لتبرير اعتداءاتها ضد االطفال والنساء، زعمت قوات

كاكين في حوزة كل منهن، وهي حجة معروفة تتذرع بها قوات االحتالل االحتالل أنها وجدت س

150

لتنفيذ جرائمها من قتل واعتقال بحق المواطنين الفلسطينيين، إذ وثق العديد من النشطاء قيام جنود االحتالل الصهيوني بدس السكاكين في أغراض المواطنين الفلسطينيين اثناء اعتقالهم او بعد قتلهم.

ي ذلك، هاجمت قوات االحتالل قرية بير سيكا الخميس الماضي، حيث باإلضافة الاختطفت مواطنين فلسطينيين إضافة الي عشرة اطفال آخرين بحجة تعرضهم لمدرعات الجيش

بالحجارة.كما نفذت قوات االحتالل الصهيوني سلسلة من المداهمات على مخيم دهيشة لالجئين

مواطنا فلسطينيا بزعم أنهم 18ضفة الغربية المحتلة واختطفت الفلسطينيين خارج بيت لحم في ال يتعرضون للمستوطنين الصهاينة.

جدير بالذكر أن قوات االحتالل تنفذ حملة مداهمات واعتقاالت بشكل مستمر ضد المواطنين الفلسطينيين في الضفة الغربية المحتلة. والتي في معظمها تتم في منتصف الليل ما يضفى حالة

الرعب والفزع اوساط االطفال والنساء ، حيث تصطحب قوات االحتالل الكالب البوليسية اثناء منالمداهمات وتعبث بمحتويات المنازل وتعتقل المواطنين وتنكل بهم امام اطفالهم ونسائهم. ويقبع في

ل اسير فلسطيني يعاني مئات منهم من االمراض واالهما 7000السجون االسرائيلية اكثر من الطبي فضال عن التعذيب والحرمان من الزيارة.

151

Appendix (8)

كاتب صهيوني: الواليات المتحدة تقود هجوما منسقا مع الفلسطينيين واالوروبيين ضدنا.

قال الكاتب الصهيوني بيكارولين غليك أن الواليات المتحدة تقود هجوما منسقا ضد ما يسمى األوروبيين والفلسطينيين، وذلك في تعليق له على االنتقادات االمريكية بإسرائيل بالتحالف مع

واالوروبية للجرائم الصهيونية ضد المواطنين الفلسطينيين مؤخرا.وفي مقال بعنوان " هجوم منسق " زعم غليك أن الواليات المتحدة واالتحاد األوروبي يعمالن

الفلسطينيين تنفيذ اعمال مقاومة ضد االحتالل مع المقاومين الفلسطينيين، ويثبتون أنه من حق الصهيوني.

وجاء المقال في أعقاب تصريحات لسفير الواليات المتحدة في الكيان الصهيوني دان شابيرو يوم االثنين، اتهم فيها الكيان الصهيوني بممارسة العنصرية المؤسسية ضد الفلسطينيين في

روا إن إسرائيل تستخدم قانونا )لينا( للتعامل مع المستوطنين االراضي الفلسطينية المحتلة. وقال شابي وقانونا آخر ذو )قبضة حديدية( ضد الفلسطينيين.

وزعم الكاتب الصهيوني أن تصريحات شابيروا أعطت مضمونا لكيري كي ينتقد اسرائيل، تها في الضفة أنه إذا لم تقم ما تسمى ب "إسرائيل" بتهدئة اجراءا 2014والذي قال في أوائل عام

الغربية المحتلة وكذلك القدس بشكل عاجل، فإنها تخاطر بأن تصبح دولة فصل عنصري جنائي في المستقبل .

وأضاف الكاتب الصهيوني ان المجلس األوروبي أيضا يناقش قواعد التعامل مع منتجات وضع عالمات المستوطنات الصهيونية في اراضي الضفة الغربية المحتلة وكذلك القدس من خالل

على منتجات المستوطنات وكذلك عملية السالم التي وصفها الكاتب بانها خرافة.وقال غليك إن أي حديث عما يسمى عملية سالم في هذا المناخ هو حماقة خالصة، زاعما أن الشعب الفلسطيني الذي يقبع تحت االحتالل منذ عقود هو مجموعة من الناس الذين يؤمنون بما

رهاب، وانهم ممتلئون بالكراهية لالحتالل الصهيوني والمستوطنين، وأنهم يدعمون الفدائيين يسمى اإل واالعمال الفدائية ضد االحتالل.

152

وزعم غليك ان االعمال الفدائية التي ينفذها مواطنون فلسطينيون نتيجة للظلم والقهر الواقع الفلسطيني داعيا الحكومة الصهيونية عليهم، هي ليست اعمال فردية انما هي توجه عام لدى الشعب

لتبني هذا التوجه في قمع الشعب الفلسطيني في االراضي المحتلة.كما طالب المسؤولين الصهاينة بمهاجمة الشعب الفلسطيني كامال في تصريحاتهم العلنية ،

ي القابع بل دعا الي قمع اليسار الصهيوني الذي يطالب باالعتدال في التعامل مع الشعب الفلسطين تحت االحتالل، واصفا اياه بانه يدعم المجتمع الفلسطيني االرهابي على حد تعبيره.

كما دعا الكاتب الصهيوني الحكومة الصهيونية أن تدمر كافة االحياء الفلسطينية التي التي يمولها االتحاد األوروبي في المنطقة ج، وان تزيل الحكومة بالقوة جميع االحياء الفلسطينية

شيدت من قبل االتحاد األوروبي في ذات المنطقة واصفا اياها بالمستوطنات الفلسطينية غير القانونية. وأشار الكاتب الصهيوني على الحكومة الصهيونية ان تبدأ بالحي الفلسطيني الواقع في

ستوطنين.بلدة سوسيا وهي بلدة احد المواطنين الفلسطينيين الذين نفذوا عملية فدائية ضد الموزعم الكاتب ان مشروع البناء الفلسطيني الذي يموله االتحاد األوروبي هو تهديد واضح لتجمعات المستوطنين في سوسيا وميتسباي ياير، وانه ينكر األهمية التاريخية لمدينة سوسيا

لسطيني بالنسبة للصهاينة، مضيفا ان تدمير بيوت الفلسطينيين هناك سيكون رسالة قوية للشعب الف والمجتمع الغربي.

كما وناشد الحكومة الصهيونية ان تسرع وتيرة البناء االستيطاني عبر خط الهدنة من سوسيا في شمال النقب، وحول منطقة عراد التي يقطنها الفلسطينيون البدو الذين يتلقون مساعدات اغاثية

من االتحاد األوروبي.ية داخل الكيان الصهيوني، حيث دعا وفي سياق ذي صلة، أشار الكاتب الي العنصر

الحكومة الصهيونية ان تسهل وصول واندماج اليهود االوروبيين القادمين الي الكيان في النقابات المهنية، حيث أفاد ان معظم الذين يسافرون الي الكيان الصهيوني من اوروبا يعانون من عقبات

ما يجعل الكثير منهم يفكر في العودة مرة اخرى كبيرة في االندماج والوصول للنقابات المهنية وهو الي اوروبا.

153

Appendix (9)

جيش االحتالل الصهيوني يوصي بتعزيز مكانة السلطة الفلسطينية ودعم االقتصاد الفلسطيني في الضفة لكبح

االنتفاضة

الصهيونية رفع جيش االحتالل الصهيوني االربعاء الماضي توصيات الي القيادة السياسية يدعو فيها الي اتخاذ خطوات لتعزيز مكانة السلطة الفلسطينية بغية كبح االنتفاضة في االراضي

الفلسطينية المحتلة.وذكرت صحيفة جيروزايم بوست الصهيونية أن توصيات جيش االحتالل تضمنت تزويد

قوات االمن التابعة للسلطة باألسلحة النارية والمدرعات، إضافة لإلفراج عن السجناء الفلسطينيين ين في المدانين بجرائم أمنية خفيفة، وكذلك زيادة عدد تأشيرات العمل "اإلسرائيلية" للعمال الفلسطيني

الضفة الغربية من اجل دعم االقتصاد الفلسطيني.

حيث زعم الجيش الصهيوني أن من شأن هذه االجراءات التخفيف من وطأة االنتفاضة في االراضي الفلسطينية المحتلة، محذرا من احتمال تفكك السلطة الفلسطينية في المستقبل إذا استمرت

أعمال المقاومة واالنتفاضة.

ة الي اخذ توصيات الجيش الصهيوني على محمل الجد وتنفيذها، معتبرة ودعت الصحيفالجيش بأنه االكثر دراية باألوضاع الميدانية، زاعمًة ان االجراءات التي اوصى بها الجيش أدت الي

انخفاض أحداث االنتفاضة الفلسطينية على مدار شهرين متتاليتين.فدائية نفذها فلسطينيون بشكل منفرد، وليس ووفقا للجيش الصهيوني، فإن معظم االعمال ال

بتخطيط من الفصائل الفلسطينية كحماس أو الجهاد اإلسالمي. وقد زعم الجيش الصهيوني ان المواطنين الذين ينفذون اعماال فدائية يتأثروا باإلعالم المقاوم واإلعالنات ذات العالقة على مواقع

الفدائية ما هي اال نتيجة للجرائم الصهيونية كالقتل التواصل االجتماعي، متجاهال أن العملياتواالعتقال والتعذيب وهدم البيوت التي ترتكبها قوات االحتالل بشكل متواصل ضد المواطنين

الفلسطينيين العزل.وقال الجيش الصهيوني أيضا أن التعاون المستمر بين قوات االحتالل "اإلسرائيلية" مع قوات

طة الفلسطينية قد منع الكثير من الهجمات قبل حدوثها. األمن التابعة للسل

154

وزعمت الصحيفة الصهيونية أن جميع الفلسطينيين مدانون في هذا السياق، وذلك ألسباب كثيرة منها التحريض المستمر ضد الكيان الصهيوني و التحريض في الكتب المدرسية التي تتحدث

عن اعتداءات االحتالل على شعب وارض فلسطين.و رغم ما سبق، قالت الصحيفة أن الجزء األكبر من السكان الفلسطينيين في الضفة الغربية المحتلة ، سواء كانوا يؤيدون اإلرهاب ضد إسرائيل أم ال، ليسوا إرهابيين، محذرة من أن العقاب

ء الجماعي من خالل زيادة قمع الحركة و الحريات المدنية أو هدم المنازل سيؤدي إلى إضفاالطابع المتشدد على السكان الفلسطينيين وهو ما سيؤدي الي مزيد من االحتجاجات وربما سحب

التنظيمات الفلسطينية ودخولها للمواجهة من خالل تنفيذ المزيد من اعمال المقاومة .وزعم وزير الحرب الصهيوني موشي يعلون ان الجيش الصهيوني سيسعى لمنح الفلسطينيين

لكنه سيحارب االرهابيين منهم، دون أن يذكر أي تفسير للكيفية التي سينفذ االحتالل حياة طبيعية و بها هذه المزاعم.

يذكر ان جيش االحتالل الصهيوني قتل العشرات من الفلسطينيين منهم نساء واطفال واعتقل راءات ، والتي جاءت رفضا لإلج2015المئات منذ اندالع احداث االنتفاضة الفلسطينية نهاية

االسرائيلية بحق القدس والمسجد االقصى.

155

Appendix (10)

مقتل مستوطنين جنوب تل أبيب في هجوم نفذه فلسطيني

أعلنت مصادر إسرائيلية عن مقتل مستوطنين إسرائيليين -- 2015نوفمبر 19 –جورساليم بوست وإصابة ثالث بجروح طفيفة خالل عملية طعن بالسكين نفذها شاب فلسطيني من محافظة الخليل

في مبنى مكاتب في جنوب تل ابيب بعد ظهر اليوم الخميس.

عامًا، من مدينة دورا الخليل 36يدعى رائد خليل محمود، و أوضحت المصادر بأن شابًا فلسطينيًا في الضفة المحتلة، أقدم على اقتحام الطابق الثاني من أحد المبان الواقعة في شارع بين زئيفي و هاجم مجموعة من المستوطنين المتواجدين هناك، حيث قام بطعن اثنين منهم بعد مالحقتهم في

أحد المتاجر في المنطقة. د شهود عيان بالمنطقة أن الشاب قد يكون قد تسلل إلى المنطقة عبر المبنى إلى الشارع دون و أفا

المرور عبر الفحص أمني، حيث قام عدد من المارة بالسيطرة عليه إلى حين وصول الشرطة اإلسرائيلية إلى مكان الحادث.

وطنة: " بينما كنت أسير و أدلى مستوطنون تواجدوا في مكان الحادثة بشهاداتهم، حيث قالت مستباتجاه سيارتي التي نسيت مفاتيحي فيها سمعت صراخًا قريبًا، فهرعت مسرعة لالختباء في مكتبي و

أغلقت الباب و شاهدت من النافذة رجاًل يطعن شابًا فقمت باالتصال فورًا بالشرطة".

يطعن رجاًل في فيما أفاد مستوطن آخر بأنه سمع صراخًا في المكان فهرع ليرى مهاجمًا الصدر، فما كان منه إال أن تناول قضيبًا لمحاولة إيقافه إال أن الرجل حاول اللحاق به فالذ بالفرار

دون تمكنه من المساعدة.و حسب المصادر الطبية فإنه قد وصل مستشفى سوراسكي قتيل واحد، و آخر مصاب في حالة

ي تصريحات صحفية الخميس بأن إصابات حرجة أعلن عن وفاته فيما بعد، و أفادت المصادر ف الجثامين تركزت في الجزء األعلى من الجسد من ناحية القلب.

و وفقًا للتحقيقات حول الحادثة فإن منفذ عملية الطعن يعمل بشكل قانوني في مطعم قريب من مكان الحدث، و يمتلك تصريحًا لدخول األراضي المحتلة، ولم يسبق أن سجل ضده أي مخالفات

156

أمنية، فيما لم يتم التأكد بعد إذا كان قد أحضر سكينًا معه من مكان تنفيذ العملية بشكل مسبق أم أنه استخدم السكين الخاص بمطبخ المطعم.

و على مقربة من مكان وقوع العملية، أفاد شهود عيان أنه خالل جلوسهم في مطعم بوخاران بعد فترة وجيزة من وقوع حادث الطعن، حضرت في شارع بن تسيفي حول المائدة لتناول الطعام

شرطة االحتالل إلى المكان و اعتقلت أربعة عمال عرب يعملون في المطعم فيما لم يتبين إذا كان منفذ الطعن عمل معهم في المطعم أم ال.

في تطور غير ذي صلة، اعتقل جنود االحتالل ثالث سيدات بحجة حيازتهم لسكين، و حسب ائيلية فقد اقتربت السيدات الثالث من سياج لموقع عسكري في الضفة الغربية، حيث تم المزاعم اإلسر

رصدهن و إيقافهن من قبل جنود االحتالل و خالل عملية تفتيشهن تبين أنهم يحملن سكاكين مما استدعي اقتيادهن للتحقيق، في حين لم يبلغ عن إطالق نار أو إصابات في الحادثة.

االحتالل اإلسرائيلي سلسلة من االقتحامات في الضفة الغربية بحضور جيش إلى ذلك، نفذت قواتعلى خلفية أعمال شغب و إلقاء الحجارة و القنابل 17مطلوبًا، منهم 18الحدود، حيث تم اعتقال

الحارقة على مستوطنين إسرائيليين على حسب مزاعم الرواية اإلسرائيلية.ة لالجئين جنوبي مدينة بيت لحم حيث استهدفت مجموعة و تركزت االقتحامات في مخيم الدهيش

من نشطاء الجبهة الشعبية لتحرير في فلسطين. في سياق آخر، صرحت المخابرات اإلسرائيلية و الشرطة اإلسرائيلية باعتقال مجموعة تتكون من

قنابل قاصرين من قرية بير السقا على خلفية مشاركتهم في حادثين إللقاء حجارة و 10شابين و حارقة على سائقين في شارع ستة لم يسفرا عن وقوع أية إصابات.

157

Appendix (11)

هجوم منظًّم

تحت هذا العنوان أوردت صحيفة إسرائيلية في عمودها األول مقااًل تفند – 2016يناير 21االستشهادية التي اإلرهاب" في إشارة للعمليات“فيه مزاعم إسرائيلية بدعم الفلسطينيين ألبنائهم على

ينفذها فلسطينيون و في المقابل فخر ذويهم بهم، باإلضافة إلى ادعاءات على انحياز البيت األبيض و االتحاد األوروبي إلى جانب الفلسطينيين و عدائهم إلسرائيل.

وفي التفاصيل، يقول كاتب المقالة أنه منذ سبتمبر الماضي بدأت موجة الهجمات الفلسطينية ية واصفًا إياها " باإلرهابية"، و ضرب مثااًل للشاب مراد إدعيس التي نفذ عملية أسفرت عن الحال

مقتل مستوطنة إسرائيلية، فيما عّبر والد الشاب عن فخره بابنه لدى حديثه لوسائل االعالم حشد بيته. الفلسطينية، األمر الذي انتقده كاتب المقالة بشدة مستنكرًا اعتبار منفذ الهجوم بطاًل أمام

و وصف الكاتب منفذي العمليات أمثال الشاب إدعيس ب "الذئاب الوحيدة"، إاّل أن الكاتب أضاف مستدركًا أن دراسة نشرت في نوفمبر الماضي في مجلة تدعى "موزاييك أون الين" تبين أن هذا

التوصيف "خاطئ وغير مفيد".ت الرأي العام الفلسطيني من خالل دراسات و أضافت المقالة أن معد الدراسة أجرى دراسات لبيانا

الماضية، حيث كشفت 25ااستقصائية أجرتها أربع مجموعات بحثية مستقلة على مدى السنوات ال دراساته عن ثالثة جوانب رئيسية للمواقف الفلسطينية حول إسرائيل، وهي كلها عوامل تؤثر مباشرة

د تعبيره.على "الهجوم اإلرهابي الفلسطيني الحالي" على حو أضافت المقالة أن أول نتيجة للدراسة هي أنه خالل معظم ربع القرن الماضي أيدت غالبية قوية من الفلسطينيين ما أسماه "اإلرهاب ضد اإلسرائيليين"، حيث كلما كان الهجوم أكبر، كلما تم دعمه

لسطينيين يكرهون على حد وصفه، فيما كان مفاد النتيجة الثانية أن الغالبية العظمى من الفاإلسرائيليين ويعتقدون أن اليهود ليس لهم الحق في ما وصفه "أرض إسرائيل" بمعنى أنكار حق

"دولتهم" في الوجود على حد تعبير الكاتب.

و أضاف الكاتب في مقاله أنه إذا ما أخذنا النتيجتين معًا، فإن هاتين الفكرتين األوليتين تؤديان إلى حول ما أسماه "طبيعة حملة اإلرهاب الفلسطينية الحالية ضد اإلسرائيليين"، استنتاج واضح واحد

مشيرًا إلى توضيح معد الدراسة إلى أن هذه الحملة ال تنفذ من قبل "الذئاب الوحيدة" حسب التوصيف السابق، معتبرًا هذه الفئة قد تم تحريضها من قبل" دعاية السلطة الفلسطينية" و حسب

158

الدعاية تعكس ما أسماه "الكراهية القاتلة" التي يشعر بها الغالبية العظمى من مزاعمه فإن هذه الفلسطينيين تجاه اإلسرائيليين وإسرائيل.

و أضاف الكاتب أنه من يكون الممكن أن ال يكون أدعيس ورفاقه أعضاء في ما وصفه " جتمع الداعم لإلرهاب".الجماعات اإلرهابية، لكنهم قد يكونوا "ممثلين مخلصين" لما أسماه "الم

و قال الكاتب معتبرًا أن أي حديث عن عملية سالم في ظل هذه األجواء هو "حماقة تامة" على حد الغارقين في “تعبيره، مضيفًا أن أكثر ما يمكن أن تطمح إليه إسرائيل هو ردع ما أسماه الفلسطينيين

ى الرؤية الثالثة للدراسة المذكورة التي وأضاف أن هذا يقودنا إل .الكراهية" من مهاجمتهم حسب زعمهعاما تفيد بأن معظم الفلسطينيين يعتقدون 25اّدعى فيها أن بيانات المسح التي أجريت على مدى

أن "اإلرهاب" يعود بنتيجة.و ّعلق الكاتب على الدراسة بأنها صحيحة تمامًا حسب ما يتضح له، حيث أضاف زاعمُا أن الجيل

نيين لم يستفيدوا إال من خالل قتل اإلسرائيليين عبر ما أسماه "اإلرهاب"، و الماضي من الفلسطيأضاف أن ما أسماه "التنازالت اإلسرائيلية" للفلسطينيين قد عززت اقتناعهم بأن "اإلرهاب" يأتي

بنتيجة، بدال من إقناعهم بإحالل السالم و هو ما يعني حسب قوله أن جميع التنازالت في مواجهة ب" خطيرة."اإلرها

و يضيف الكاتب بأنه في الوقت الذي فيه غالبية اإلسرائيليين قد تعلموا هذا الدرس وانتخبوا الحكومات التي تعارض التصالح، فإن الفلسطينيين قد تعلموا أيضًا أن الجمهور اإلسرائيلي ال يملك

سانية أم ال".الكلمة الفصل بشأن ما أن سيتم مكافأتهم على ما أسماه "جرائمهم ضد اإلنو أوردت المقالة أن الفلسطينيون يعتقدون أن إسرائيل تعتمد على حسن النوايا للغرب، إلى المدى الذي تقود فيه الضغوط الغربية إسرائيل لالستسالم للمطالب الفلسطينية، و كذلك ما يدفع الواليات

ين الفلسطينيين"، وتثبت أنه من المتحدة واالتحاد األوروبي للعمل بيدا بيد مع ما أسماه "اإلرهابي حقهم قتل اإلسرائيليين على حد وصفه.

و أضاف أنه و خالل هذا األسبوع أثبت السفير األمريكي دان شابيرو الحق الفلسطيني مرة أخرى، حيث أصدر في بداية خطابه أمام معهد دراسات األمن القومي يوم االثنين ما أطلق عليه الكاتب"

مال الوحشية و اإلرهابية ضد اإلسرائيليين!.إدانة شكلية" لألعو قال الكاتب متهمًا شابيرو بعدم الموضوعية حيث وصف وصفه إدانته السابقة بأنها كانت مجرد تطهير لحلقه، و أضاف أن شابيرو في مالحظاته الموضوعية اتهم إسرائيل بالعنصرية المؤسسية

159

دى الى تصعيد رئيس وزرائه جون كيري ضد في يهودا والسامرة، حيث وصفه باالفتراء الذي أأنه إذا لم تهدأ إسرائيل يهودا والسامرة 2014اسرائيل قبل عامين، حيث صّرح كيري في أوائل عام

والقدس في وقت قريب، فإنها تخاطر بأن تصبح دولة الفصل العنصري الجنائية في المستقبل.دعاء الكاذب" بأن إسرائيل تستخدم قانونا واحدا و أوردت المقالة أنه من خالل ما أسمه الكاتب "اال

)متساهال( ضد اإلسرائيليين وقانونا آخر )كقبضة الحديد( لتسيطر على الفلسطينيين، أعطى شابيرو مضمونًا لهجوم كيري الذي استمر لعامين. ولدى ادعائه أن هذه الحالة موجودة حتى اليوم، حولت

ستقبل الفصل العنصري إلى ورقة راب تشهيرية للجرائم ما أسماه " الحجة المزعومة" لكيري لم الخيالية الحالية على حد وصفه.

و أضاف الكاتب أن توقيت تصريح شابيرو كان حساسًا لسببين على حد زعمه، األول ألنه في اليوم التالي قتل فلسطيني مستوطن، و بعد ساعات طعن فلسطيني آخر طعن مستوطنة أخرى، فيما

ألمريكي للفلسطينيين أن أمريكا تلقي باللوم على إسرائيل لما أطلق عليهم "وحشيتهم". قال السفير او بحسب الكاتب فقد كان شابيرو قد أوجه إهانة إلسرائيل، في الوقت الذي أعلن فيه مجلس اوروبا

ر قواعده المتعلقة بوضع العالمات على المنتجات اليهودية الصنع من يهودا والسامرة والقدس ونشو ."وثيقة حول خططها للتعامل مع ما أسماه "وحيد القرن" يدعى "عملية السالم فى الشرق االوسط

اعتبر الكاتب أن إعالن االتحاد األوروبي عن وضع العالمات على المنتجات اليهودية ووثيقتها حول "عملية السالم في الشرق األوسط" التي وصفها ب"غير الموجودة" بالملحوظ لسبين،

ألول أنهم لم يذكروا أي نوع من اإلرهاب، وفيما يتعلق باألوروبيين، فإن الجانب الوحيد الذي يمنع االسالم هو إسرائيل. ولتحقيق السالم، يدعو االتحاد األوروبي إلى معاملة الدولة اليهودية كيهود في

و أضاف الكاتب أن .أي أن يتم تمييزها لما سماه التمييز العنصري و اإليذاء واإلهانات -أوروبا التقارب ما بين تشهير شابيرو وخطوات االتحاد األوروبي األخيرة التمييزية ضد إسرائيل تخبر

الفلسطينيين بأن عليهم مواصلة هجماتهم، مهددًا أن إسرائيل ستكون مضطرة إلى شن هجوم مضاد ها مطالبين بالمزيد من فعال خصوصا مع االميركيين واالوروبيين الذين وصفهم بأنهم "يخنقون عنق

التنازالت".و أشارت المقالة أن الرسالة التي ترسلها هذه البيانات إلى إسرائيل هي أسوأ من ذلك، حيث أن

تقارب هذه التصريحات لم يكن مصادفة على حد وصف الكاتب، كما لم تكن إدانة المتحدث باسم التي ادعى بأنها "قانونية" فيما يتعلق وزارة الخارجية االمريكية جيمس كيربى لسياسات اسرائيل

160

باألراضي في غور األردن، و الذى تبعه مباشرة ادانة مماثلة من االمين العام لألمم المتحدة بان كي مون ودعوة السلطة الفلسطينية لقرار مجلس االمن الدولي ضد إسرائيل، و يضع الكاتب الصور

سياسي بقيادة الواليات المتحدة عليها. معًا ليزعم أن إسرائيل تقف وحيدة في خضم هجومو هنا يتساءل الكاتب مستنكرا كيف يفترض إلسرائيل أن تدافع عن نفسها في وجه هذا الهجوم

الدبلوماسي المنظم؟ كيف يمكن إلسرائيل أن تبقي األمريكيين واألوروبيين في الخليج -اإلرهابي أنه وإلى جانب تدابير مكافحة اإلرهاب التي وأن تردع الفلسطينيين عن قتل" مواطنيها "؟ وأضاف

يجري تنفيذها بالفعل، تحتاج إسرائيل إلى العمل على ثالثة مستويات. على الجبهة الدبلوماسية، تحتاج الحكومة إلى تغيير تركيز دبلوماسيتها العامة.

لفلسطيني وأضاف أن الحكومة تقبل حاليا ما أسماه "االدعاء الكاذب" بأن الهجوم اإلرهابي االمزعوم الذي ينفذه من أسماهم سابقًا "الذئاب الوحيدة"، و دبلوماسيتها العامة محدودة نتيجة إدانة التحريض الرسمي للسلطة الفلسطينية، و هو ما وصفه بالكاتب بالموقف الخاطئ و الذي سيجلب

يمكن تجاهله من عكسية، وهو ما يعطي مصداقية لالستنتاج الكاذب بأن الهجوم محدود، وبالتالي قبل الغربيين الذين يتوقون لمهاجمة إسرائيل على حد تعبيره.

و دعا الكاتب في مقالته المسؤولين اإلسرائيليين في تصريحاتهم العلنية توجيه مالحظاتهم ضد المجتمع الفلسطيني ككل، وكما دعى الحومة أن تهاجم اليسار الراديكالي في إسرائيل وفي الغرب

نه يدعم المجتمع الذي يسعى إلى "إبادة إسرائيل" ويشيد بالوحشية ويقتل أي شخص الذي زعم أ يرغب في العيش في سالم مع إسرائيل على حد وصفه.

و أورد الكاتب حادثة مفادها أنه اندلعت عاصفة احتجاجية في بريطانيا يوم األربعاء عقب نشر ل مجموعات حقوق االنسان التى تبث صحيفة سون للنتائج التى توصلت اليها تحقيقات سرية حو

فى المجلة االخبارية للتحقيق فى القناة الثانية قبل اسبوعين. وأظهرت التحقيقات أن الناشطين الكبار في "حقوق اإلنسان" عزرا ناوي من طايوش وناصر نواجا من بتسيلم يخططون لتسليم فلسطيني

، و أضاف الكاتب محاواًل استعطاف القراء يرغب في بيع أرض لليهود إلى قوات األمن الفلسطينيةبأن النواجة وناوي كان يعلمان تماما أنه سيتعرض للتعذيب والقتل. و قال أنه فى نقاش ساخن في

البرلمان البريطاني طالب المشرعون بمعرفة سبب تمويل الحكومة ل "بتسيلم " بأموال دافعي الضرائب.

رار يظهرون أن ما أسمها سياسة عرض وحشية وبعبارة أخرى أوضح الكاتب أن صانعي الق

161

المجتمع الفلسطيني وتعصب مؤيديها الغربيين قد تكون فعالة، و أضاف أنه في المجال الثاني الذي يجب على الحكومة أن تتصرف فيه هو في سياساتها االستيطانية، حيث قال أنه على الرغم أنه

اما وتحترم حقوق الملكية اليهودية في يهودا سيكون من الصعب على إسرائيل أن تواجه إدارة أوبوالسامرة والقدس في العام المقبل، فإنه ال شيء يمنعها من تدمير البناء الفلسطيني الذي وصفه ب

"غير المشروع" الذي يموله االتحاد األوروبي في المنطقة ج.توطنات الفلسطينية و أضاف أنه يجب على الحكومة أن تتصرف بقوة إلزالة جميع ما أسماه "المس

غير القانونية" التي شيدت في االتحاد األوروبي في المنطقة ج من يهودا والسامرة، قائال أن المكان الذي يجب أن تبدأ الحكومة بهدمه هو في مستوطنة فلسطينية غير قانونية خارج موقع التراث

المشروع الممول من االتحاد الوطني في سوسيا،، زاعمًا أن الغرض المزدوج من مشروع البناء غير األوروبي هو تهديد المجتمعات اإلسرائيلية في سوسيا وميتسبير ياير وإنكار األهمية التاريخية لمدينة

سوسيا اليهودية القديمة على حد تعبيره.

و أضاف أن تدمير ما أسماه "مجتمع المستقطنين" سوف يرسل رسالة قوية للفلسطينيين و من ن الغربيين".أسماهم " المحرضيدعا الكاتب الحكومة بوجوب تسريع وتيرة بناء مجتمعات إسرائيلية جديدة عبر وفي الوقت نفسه،

خط الهدنة من سوسيا في شمال النقب حول عراد في أراضي الدولة التي وصفها "بالمهددة" من قبل هم مجددًا البدو الذين يدعمهم االتحاد األوروبي و الذين يعملون بالتنسيق مع من وصف

"بالمستقطنين" الفلسطينيين في جنوب تالل الخليل على حد زعمه.ثم قال الكاتب أن الشيء األخير الذي يجب على إسرائيل أن تفعله في مواجهة ما أسماه "اإلرهاب

الفلسطيني" المدعوم بالحرب السياسية الغربية على حد زعمه، هو فرك وجوه "البيروقراطيين" في روبي في حقيقة أن إسرائيل تنجح حيث تفشل حكوماتها على حد تعبيره، مضيفًا أنه ال االتحاد األو

يكفي أن تدعو إسرائيل يهود فرنسا وبقية أوروبا الغربية إلى العلية )هجرة اليهود من الشتات إلى أرض إسرائيل حسب التوراة(. وأورد الكاتب في مقالته أنه على مدى العاميين الماضيين، وصلت "

هجرة اليهود من أوروبا الغربية" إلى أعلى مستوياتها على اإلطالق. –لعلية او قال بما أن الحكومات التي تصف الدولة اليهودية باإلساءة تثبت بشكل يومي أنها ال تستطيع

حماية مواطنيها اليهود، و بالتالي فإن المزيد من اليهود األوروبيين يستجيبون للدعوة ويتحركون إلى ئيل على حد وصفه.إسرا

162

و أوضح الكاتب زاعمًا حسن نية لدى دولته أنه على مدى األشهر العديدة الماضية، لم تحدد اسرائيل كيفية استيعاب مواطنيها الجدد، منهم أطباء األسنان والصيادلة وغيرهم من المهنيين الذين

متطلبات الترخيص مضغتهم و بصقتهم بيروقراطية "النقابات المهنية" على حد تعبيره، حيث الحمائية تقنع الكثير من الناس على االلتفاف والعودة إلى أوروبا.

و أضاف الكاتب أنه على الحكومة أن تعمل على تفكيك النقابات، ألنه من المهم جدا تمكين المهنيين اليهود من فرنسا للعمل في حقولهم في إسرائيل أكثر من حماية متطلبات الترخيص القديمة

جموعات المهنية التقليدية. للموختم الكاتب مقالته باالدعاء أن إسرائيل تتعرض لهجوم منظم من قبل الفلسطينيين الذين وصفهم

بأنهم "يكرهونهم" باإلضافة لألوروبيين واألمريكيين المعادين لهم على حد تعبيره.

ئلة، وإذا ما تم و أضاف أن خياراتهم للتعامل مع هذا االعتداء ليست األمثل، لكنها هااستغاللها بحكمة، فإنهم باإلمكان أن يذهلوا البيت األبيض واالتحاد األوروبي، أو على األقل، يمكننهم أن يبدؤا باإلثبات للفلسطينيين أن إيمانهم باإلرهاب لم يعد له ما يبرره على حد تعبيره.

163

Appendix (12)

الفلسطينية افتتاحية جورساليم بوست: إسرائيل والسلطة

نشرت صحفية جورساليم بوست على صفحتها االفتتاحية مقااًل -- 2015نوفمبر 26 –االفتتاحية بعنوان إسرائيل والسلطة حيث أوصت في مطلعه بضرورة النظر في توصيات جيش الدفاع

اإلسرائيلي بجدية و أن يتم اعتمادها من الحكومة.لتقليص الهجمات الفلسطينية " اإلرهابية" ضد اإلسرائيليين، و جاء في المقالة أنه مع مرور شهرين

بالتأكيد لن تكون هذه الرسالة التي يأمل معظم اإلسرائيليون سماعها.

و أضاف كاتب المقال أنه يشير إلى التوصيات الصادرة عن الجيش اإلسرائيلي للحكومة من م العسكري فإن "الهّبة المحدودة" التي التخاذ خطوات لتعزيز السلطة الفلسطينية، و أنه حسب التقيي

حلت محل " موجة اإلرهاب" في تسمية عمليات الطعن و اطالق النار و إلقاء الحجارة قد أثارت القلق بشأن احتمالية حل السلطة الفلسطينية مستقباًل فيما إذا استمر موجة العنف في االزدياد.

ل تمكين قوات األمن الفلسطينية التي تعتبر و في تفاصيل التوصيات، أوضحت المقالة أنها تشمذات نفوذ معتدل في المنطقة، إلى جانب الحصول على المزيد من األسلحة و المدرعات، و االفراج عن األسرى الفلسطينيين ذوي التهم األمنية البسيطة، و كذلك زيادة عدد تأشيرات العمل اإلسرائيلية

قتصاد الفلسطيني ، و نظريًا في مكافحة "اإلرهاب" المستمر للفلسطينيين في الضفة الغربية لدعم اال ضد اإلسرائيليين على حد قول الكاتب.

و تابع الكاتب أنه ووفقا للجيش اإلسرائيلي، فإن معظم العمليات الهجومية التي سجلت كانت قد ي و نفذت من قبل مجموعات شبابية غير منظمة، على غير المعتاد من جهات كالجهاد اإلسالم

عاما( قد تأثروا بما أسماه 13حماس، ما يعني أن هؤالء الشبان/الفتية )الذين تتراوح أعمارهم بين "التحريض الفلسطيني، واأليديولوجية الراديكالية للدولة اإلسالمية" إلى جانب إعالنات التواصل

ئيل مماثل كالذي االجتماعي "المتطرفة" و أنهم ليسوا جزءا من هجوم استراتيجي شامل على إسرا وقع في االنتفاضة الثانية.

و أوردت المقالة نماذجًا وصفتها بالقصص " المروعة" عن حوادث سقوط قتلى في عمليات فلسطينية، و أكدت أن استمرار التعاون بين قوات األمن اإلسرائيلية وقوات األمن الفلسطينية قد منع

دون شك وقع المزيد من الهجمات.

164

من المفترض في الوضع الراهن أن يتم إلقاء اللوم على جميع الفلسطينيين، ال سيما فيما قالت أن قادتهم، بدءًا بما أسماه الكاتب التحريض المستمر في تصريحات القادة الفلسطينيين و أورد مثااًل

رئيس السلطة الفلسطينية محمود عباس و هجوميته التي وصفها بالقذرة في وصف الهيكل المزيد، نتقل إلى التحريض التنظيمي المزعوم عن طريق الكتب المدرسية ووسائل اإلعالم التي تنشئ ثم ا

أجيااًل من الفلسطينيين الذين ينظرون لإلسرائيليين كغاصبين عديمي إنسانية.واستدركت المقالة بالقول أن الجزء األكبر من السكان الفلسطينيين في الضفة الغربية، سواء إن كانوا

ا أسماه " اإلرهاب ضد إسرائيل أم ال"، ليسوا بإرهابيين، مضيفًا أن العقوبة الجماعية كزيادة يؤيدون مالقيود على الحركة أو الحريات المدنية أو هدم المنازل ال تؤدي إال إلى المزيد من العنف وزيادة

المسلحة إلى احتماالت االحتجاجات الجماهيرية التي يمكن بدورها أن تسحب المنظمات "اإلرهابية" الساحة على حد تعبير الكاتب.

و أشادت المقالة بإشارة وزير الدفاع موشي يعلون إلى إطالق برنامج أمنون ليبكين شاحاك لألمن القومي والديمقراطية في معهد الديمقراطية اإلسرائيلية، حيث أكدت أنه يجب على إسرائيل أن تواجه

ى حياة الفلسطينيين الذين يتزايد انتشارهم السكاني بسرعة "تحدي مواجهة اإلرهاب"، وليس التعدي عل على حد تعبيره.

و في تساؤل مزعوم، قال الكاتب أن المسألة أخالقية و تحتاج إلى اتخاذ قرارات، و أردف بالقول كيف تدع أولئك الذين ال يشاركون في "اإلرهاب"، الذين يريدون العيش في هدوء مع إسرائيل،

تهم اليومية، ولكن أيضا تقديم إجابة لمن سماهم باإلرهابيين الذين يأتون من يستمرون في حيا السكان المدنيين، مع سكاكين وعمليات دهس، وإطالق النار و كل شيء آخر.

و تابع الكاتب أن إجابة السؤال الذي يتطابق مع توصيات الجيش اإلسرائيلي، هو السعي للسماح .و اليهود في يهودا والسامرة بالعيش بأقصى قدر ممكن من الحريةلمن أسماهم "بالمدنيين العرب"

وأضاف أنه لتحقيق ذلك يجب التعاون مع كل من يمكن أن يحقق الهدوء إلى المنطقة، بما في ذلك قوات األمن الفلسطينية.

وختمت المقالة بالحديث خضم المعاناة المزعومة التي تمر بها دولة الكيان، كشهادة للمبادئ مزعومة التي يدعيها وزير الدفاع في "اإلبقاء على اإلنسانية" في مواجهة األفعال الالإنسانية التي ال

ترتكب ضدهم على حد وصف الكاتب.

165

Appendix (13)

فلسطيني يقتل اثنين في جنوب تل أبيب بعملية طعن

المارة عاما من منطقة الخليل، من قبل 36ويعتقل المشتبه به، وهو رجل يبلغ من العمر الشرطة؛ وحماس تشيد بالعملية "البطولية". الذين أخضعوه إلى أن وصلت قوات

قتل فلسطيني مسلح بسكين اسرائيليين اثنين وأصيب ثالث بجراح متوسطة خالل حالة من الهياج في جنوب تل أبيب في مبنى المكاتب بعد ظهر يوم الخميس.

عاما( من حولون. 32ن الرملة واهارون يساييف )عاما( م 51وكان الضحايا هم افيرام روفن )

وبدأت العملية حوالي الساعة الثانية بعد الظهر، عندما سار رائد خليل بن محمود، البالغ من عاما، وهو أب لخمسة أطفال مقيمين في دورا في الضفة الغربية جنوب غربي الخليل، 36العمر

انوراما في شارع بن زفي، وبدأ طعن المصلين في حيث كان متوجها إلى الطابق الثاني من مبنى ب تالوة ماها بعد الظهر التي تقام داخل متجر جوديكا.

وقال أحد المصلين شيمون فاكنين إنه بعد لحظات من بدء تالوة الصالة، أنه رأى رجال مغطى محمود بالدم يدخل المخزن ينهال على مجموعة من المصلين. وقال فاكنين: بعد ذلك حاول المنفذ

مواصلة العملية داخل المخزن، بيد أن المصلين قاموا بدفعه للداخل، حيث أنهم أبقوا األبواب مغلقة أثناء محاولته فتح طريق عودة له.

وواصل عمليته خارج المخزن، حيث طعن رجل إسرائيلي آخر حتى الموت قبل الفرار إلى الطابق ثم تمت مطاردته إلى مستودع لألحذية، حيث السفلي. وعلى الطابق التالي، طعن رجل آخر ومن

تغلب عليه المدنيون واحتجزوه حتى وصول رجال الشرطة، حسبما أفاده شهود عيان.

البانوراما هو مبنى على شكل دونات من الطوابق المفتوحة مع منحدر يصعد إلى األعلى. حيث يكون المبنى مفتوح إلى الشارع ويسهل دخوله دون فحص أمني.

أت سيجال بينتشاس، وهي موظفة في دار نشر صغيرة على الجانب اآلخر من متجر جوديكا، كما ر وقوع العملية، حيث انهمرت دموعها بينما تصف اشتباكها القريب مع الموت والوحشية التي قد

شاهدتها للتو على بعد بضعة أمتار فقط.

متجر ]جوديكا[، عندما أدركت وقالت: "كنت أسير إلى سيارتي، التي كانت متوقفة مباشرة خارجأنني نسيت مفاتيحي وعدت إلى المكتب. وبينما كنت أسير إليه، سمعت صوت صراخ وركضت

166

بالداخل وأغلقت الباب ".

ثم وصفت بينتشاس المنظر من خالل الستائر في حين طعن الرجل الفلسطيني الشاب مرارا وتكرارا في صدره، في حين كانت تتصل بالشرطة.

"كان من المفترض أن أكون هناك"، بينما كانت تهز رأسها وتعود إلى داخل المكتب. وقالت:

وكان هناك شاهدا مصدوما آخر على هذه المأساة يدعى إسرائيل بشار، والذي يعمل في متجر مجاور لموقع العملية. وقال بشار إنه سمع صراخا وذهب بالخارج ليرى المنفذ يجلس على رأس

مرارا في صدره. وقال بشار إنه رجع مسرعا إلى داخل متجره وأحضر قضيبا وقد الضحية ويطعنه رماه على المنفذ حيث وقف على قدميه وبدأ يطارد بشار الذي اختبأ في متجره. وقال بشار انه خرج

بعد ذلك وحاول عبثا مساعدة الضحية.

ي قبل أن تأتي المساعدة".وقال "حاولت مساعدته، لكنه مات بين يدي بينما كنت أحمله هناك وتوف

وقد لقى أحد المصابين مصرعه فى مكان الحادث بينما تم نقل مصابين آخرين على يد مسعفي نجمة داوود إلى مركز سوراسكي الطبي في تل أبيب، حيث توفي الرجل المصاب بجراح خطيرة في

وقت الحق.

ء العلوي من الجسم، ووفقا لما ذكره وقد تم طعن كال الضحيتين الذين طعنوا مرارا وتكرارا فى الجز مسعف تحدث الى صحيفة "جيروساليم بوست" في موقع الحادثة يوم الخميس، أنه اصيب أحدهما

بست طعنات مباشرة إلى قلبه.

وكان يعمل محمود بشكل قانوني في مطعم بالقرب من مكان الحادثة، ولديه تصريح أن يكون في ئم األمنية. وقالت شرطة تل أبيب يوم الخميس أنها لم تحدد بعد إسرائيل، وليس له سوابق من الجرا

ما إذا كان الرجل الفلسطيني قد عاد من العمل قبل العملية أو أنه قد أخذ السكين من مطبخ المطعم، قائال إن الشين بيت )جهاز األمن االسرائيلي( يحقق في هذه المسألة.

ادثة التي وقعت يوم الخميس، قال رواد في مطعم وعلى بعد بضعة مترات إلى الغرب من مسرح الحبوخاران في شارع بن زفي أنهم كانوا يتناولون الغداء ويشربون المشروبات ليس منذ وقت طويل بعد

حدوث عمليات الطعن عندما وجهت الشرطة البنادق المشحونة إلى المطعم وأخرجت أربعة من د المطعم أنه تم اقتياد الرجال ووضعهم فى سيارة موظفي المطبخ العرب في األصفاد. وقال أحد روا

للشرطة وأخذهم من مكان الحادث. لم يستطع الموظفون أن يقولوا ما إن كان المنفذ قد عمل لديهم أم ال.

167

وفى تطور غير ذي صلة صباح يوم الخميس، اعتقل جنود من قوات الدفاع االسرائيلية ثالث نساء الثة من سياج مركز عسكرى فى الضفة الغربية، وذلك وفقا لما يحملون سكاكين، بينما اقترب الث

ذكره المتحدث باسم الجيش.

وتم رصد النساء الثالث بجوار السياج وتم إيقافهن من قبل الضباط. وأثناء عملية تفتيش، تبين أنهم لم يحملون سكاكين وأخذوا رهن االعتقال. وقال المتحدث باسم الجيش انه لم يتم اطالق طلقات و

يصب أحد في الحادثة.

وفي يوم الخميس أيضا، نفذ الجيش اإلسرائيلي سلسلة من الغارات في الضفة الغربية بالتعاون مع منهم كانوا يقومون بأعمال شغب وإلقاء 17 -رجال مطلوبا 18شرطة الحدود، والتي اعتقل خاللها

الحجارة والقنابل الحارقة على المدنيين اإلسرائيليين.

الجيش أن الغارات كانت تركز على مخيم الدهيشة لالجئين خارج بيت لحم واستهدفت عددا وقال من أعضاء الجبهة الشعبية لتحرير فلسطين.

وقال الشين بيت والشرطة االسرائيلية اليوم الخميس أنهما اعتقال مجموعة مكونة من شخصين رطون فى حادثين تم فيهما القاء قاصرين من قرية بير السكة والذي قيل أنهم متو 10بالغين و

. ولم يصب أحد في الحادث.6الحجارة والقنابل الحارقة على سائقى السيارات على الطريق

168

Appendix (14)

العمود األول: االعتداء المنسق

ومنذ أيلول الماضي حينما بدأ الفلسطينيون عملياتهم الحالية، وصف المنفذون مثل "أديس" وحيدة.بأنهم كالذئاب ال

هذا ما قاله والد قاتل دافنا مئير عندما سألته وسائل اإلعالم الفلسطينية عما "أنا فخور به." يفكر بابنه مراد أديس المغدور بدم بارد.

وبعد ظهر يوم األحد، ذبح أديس مئير في منزلها، أمام أطفالها. في ظهر يوم األحد أديس ذا كان أديس حقًا سعيدا بأن ابنه سوف يعفن في السجن باتشيرد مائير في منزلها أمام أطفالها. فإ

فذاك أقل أهمية من حقيقة ما قاله للحشد الذي أمام منزله لكنه يعلم أن جمهوره يعتقد بأن ابنه بطل ولذلك لعب ذاك الدور أمام جمهوره.

يس ومنذ أيلول الماضي حينما بدأ الفلسطينيون عملياتهم الحالية فقد وصف القتلة أمثال أدكالذئاب الوحيدة. لكن هناك دراسة نشرت في نوفمبر الماضي في مجلة موزييك عبر االنترنت من

قبل كلية شالم التابعة لدانيال بوليزر عرضت أن ذاك الوصف خاطئ وغير مفيد.

وقد درس بوليزر بيانات الرأي العام الفلسطيني من خالل دراسات أجريت على مدى الخمس ة من قبل أربع مجموعات بحثية مستقلة. وكشفت بياناته ثالث جوانب رئيسة وعشرون سنة الماضي

للمواقف الفلسطينية حول إسرائيل والتي جميعها تؤثر بشكل مباشر على العمليات الفلسطينية الحالية.

فأول استنتاج له هو أن غالبية قوية من الفلسطينيين طوال معظم ربع القرن الماضي قد أيدت إسرائيل. وعالوة على ذلك كلما كانت العملية أكثر وحشية كلما تم دعمها. وكان العمليات ضد

االستنتاج الثاني لبوليزر هو أن الغالبية العظمى من الفلسطينيين يكرهون إسرائيل ويؤمنون بأن اليهود ليس لهم الحق في أرض إسرائيل وبالتالي فإن دولتنا ليس لها حق في الوجود.

، فإن هاتين الفكرتين يؤديان الي استنتاج واحد واضح حول طبيعة حملة وبأخذهما معاً العمليات الفلسطينية الحالية ضد إسرائيل. ويظهران أن هذه الحملة ال تنفذ من قبل األفراد الذين يتم

169

تحريضهم من قبل دعاية السلطة الفلسطينية كما وضح بوليزر. بل إن هذه الدعاية تعكس الكراهية بها الغالبية العظمى من الفلسطينيين تجاه اسرائيل واالسرائيليين. التي تشعر

قد يكون أو ال يكون أديس ورفاقه أعضاء في مجموعات منفذة للعمليات لكنهم ممثلون مخلصون للمجتمع الداعم لها. ومن الواضح أن أي حديث عن عملية السالم في هذا المناخ هو

إلى ردع الفلسطينيين الكارهين إلسرائيل من مهاجمتنا. وهذا حماقة تامة. وقد تطمح معظم إسرائيل يقودنا الى الرؤية الثالثة لدراسة بوليزر فبيانات المسح التي أجريت على مدى خمس وعشرون عاما

تبين أن معظم الفلسطينيين يعتقدون بأن تلك العمليات تدفع أجرا.

ل الماضي لم يستفد الفلسطينيون والحقيقة الواضحة هي أنهم على صواب. فعلى مدى الجي إال من قتل االسرائيليين من خالل العلميات.

وحقيقة أن التنازالت اإلسرائيلية للفلسطينيين قد عززت اقتناعهم بأن العمليات تمول بدال من اقناعهم بإحالل السالم يظهر بأن جميع التنازالت في وجه تلك العمليات تعتبر خطيرة.

بية اإلسرائيليين تعلموا هذا الدرس وانتخبوا الحكومات التي تعارض في حين أن غالاالسترضاء، فقد علم الفلسطينيون أن الجمهور اإلسرائيلي ليس لديه الكلمة األخيرة بشأن ما إن كان سيتم مكافأتهم على جرائمهم ضد اإلنسانية أم ال. ويعتقد الفلسطينيون أن إسرائيل معتمدة على حسن

غربية فإلى الحد الذي يجعل اسرائيل تستسلم لمطالب الفلسطينيين بسبب الضغوطات النوايا الالغربية، تعمل الواليات المتحدة األمريكية واالتحاد االوروبي الى جانب بعضها مع الفلسطينيين

..ويثبتون أنه من حقهم قتل األمهات في منازلهم أمام أطفالهم .

ومرة أخرى أثبت السفير االمريكي دان شابيرو حق الفلسطينيين. ففي بداية خطابه أمام معهد دراسات االمن القومي يوم االثنين، أصدر شابيرو ادانة شكلية ل "أعمال ارهابية" ضد االسرائيليين

يرو في بداية تصريحاته. ولكن كان ذلك مجرد تطهير لحلقه. وفي مالحظاته الموضوعية اتهم شاب اسرائيل بالعنصرية المؤسساتية في يهودا والسامرة.

وجه اتهام شابيرو االفتراء الى تصعيد رئيس وزرائه جون كيري ضد اسرائيل قبل عامين. ففي زعم كيري انه إذا لم تهدأ اسرائيل يهودا والسامرة والقدس قريبا، فإنها تخاطر بأن 2014أوائل عام

لجنائية مستقبال. تصبح دولة الفصل العنصري ا

170

ومن خالل االدعاء الكاذب بأن إسرائيل تستخدم قانونا واحدا )متساهال( ضد اإلسرائيليين وقانونا آخر يسيطر على الفلسطينيين، أعطى شابيرو مضمون لهجوم كيري الذي دام عامين. ولدى

صل العنصري إلى ادعائه أن هذه الحالة موجودة اليوم، حولت مطالبة كيري الحارقة لمستقبل الف ورقة راب تشهيرية للجرائم الخيالية الحالية

وكان تشهير شابيرو الدموي ذو أهمية لسبيين. اوال، بعد قتل فلسطينيا لمئير ، وبعد قيام فلسطيني آخر بقتل أم يهودية في مراحل حملها األخيرة، أخبر السفير األمريكي الفلسطينيين ان

تها. وخالف شابيرون اسرائيل بإعالن المجلس األوروبي ترسيخ قواعده أمريكا تلوم اسرائيل على بربريالتي تقضي بوضع العالمات على المنتجات اليهودية الصنع من يهودا والسامرة والقدس، ونشر

وثيقة حول خططها للتعامل مع يونيكورن تسمى "عملية السالم في الشرق االوسط".

عالمات على المنتجات اليهودية ووثيقتها حول وكان إعالن االتحاد األوروبي عن وضع ال"عملية السالم في الشرق األوسط" غير موجودة، وذلك لسببين. أوال، لم يذكروا أي نوع من العمليات وفيما يتعلق باألوروبيين، فإن اسرائيل هي الجانب الوحيد الذي يمنع السالم ولجلب السالم يدعو

الدولة اليهودية كيهود اوروبا وخص بالذكر التمييز وسوء االتحاد األوروبي الى أن يتم معاملة المعاملة واإلهانات.

إن التزامن القريب لتشهير شابيرون وخطوات االتحاد األوروبي ضد اسرائيل يخبر الفلسطينيين أنه يجب عليهم مواصلة هجماتهم. وبذلك سوف تكون اسرائيل مضطرة لشن هجوم

مضاد فعال مع األمريكيين واألوروبيين الذين يشاهدونهم عن قرب مطالبين تنازالت.

ه التصريحات إلى اسرائيل هي في الحقيقة أسوأ من ذلك. وكان إن الرسالة التي توصلها هذ تزامن هذه المالحظات غير متطابق.

كما أن إدانة المتحدث باسم وزارة الخارجية األمريكي جيمس كيربي لسياسات اسرائيل لعام القانونية المتعلقة باألراضي في غور األردن والتي أتبعت مباشرة بإدانة مماثلة من قبل األمين ا

لألمم المتحدة بان كي مون ودعوة من السلطة الفلسطينية لقرار مجلس األمن الدولي ضد اسرائيل تظهران معا أننا في خضم هجوم منسق بقيادة األمم المتحدة ضد اسرائيل. كيف من المفترض أن

وربيين تدافع اسرائيل عن نفسها ضد هذا الهجوم الدبلوماسي المنسق؟ وكيف إلسرائيل أن تبقي األواألمريكيين في الخليج وتردع الفلسطينيين عن قتل مواطنيها؟ فإلى جانب إجراءات مكافحة

171

العمليات التي يجري تنفيذها بالفعل تحتاج اسرائيل للعمل على ثالث مستويات. فعلى المستوى دعاء الكاذب الدبلوماسي تحتاج الحكومة لتغيير تركيز دبلوماسيتها العامة. وحاليا تقبل الحكومة اال

بأن العمليات الفلسطينية التي يقوم بها "ذئاب وحيدة". ونتيجة إلدانة التحريض الرسمي للسلطة الفلسطينية فإن سياساتها العامة محدودة.

إن هذا الطريق خاطئا ونتائجه عكسية فهو يعير مصداقية الستنتاج خاطئ بأن الهجوم محدودا يين الذين يتوقون لمهاجمة إسرائيل. وعلى المسؤولين أن يوجهوا وبالتالي يمكن تجاهله من قبل الغرب

مالحظاتهم ضد المجتمع الفلسطيني ككل في تصريحاتهم العلنية. كما ويجب على الحكومة أن تهاجم اليسار الراديكالي في إسرائيل وفي الغرب الذي يهاجم مجتمعا يسعى إلبادة إسرائيل ويشيد

بالعيش في سالم مع إسرائيل .بالهمجية ويقتل أي شخص يرغب

هذا واندلعت يوم األربعاء في انجلترا عاصفة عقب نشر صحيفة سان لنتائج تحقيق سري حول ما يسمى بمجموعات حقوق اإلنسان التي تبث في مجلة األخبار االستقصائية على القناة

إلنسان ك عزرا ناوي الثانية قبل أسبوعين. وأظهر ذلك التحقيق بأن ناشطين كبار في مجال حقوق امن طايوش وناصر نواجعة من بتسليم يخططون لتسليم فلسطيني رغب في بيع أرضه لليهود إلى

قوات األمن الفلسطينية و قاموا بذلك وهم على علم تام بانه سيتعرض للتعذيب والقتل.

م وفي نقاش ساخن في البرلمان البريطاني طالب مشرعون قانونيون معرفة لماذا كانت تقو الحكومة بتمويل بتسليم بأموال دافعي الضرائب. وبعبارة أخرى أظهر هؤالء المشرعون بأن سياسة

تعريض البربرية للمجتمع الفلسطيني وتعصب مؤيديها الغربيين هي سياسة فعالة .

والمجال الثاني الذي يجب على الحكومة أن تتصرف فيه هو سياساتها االستيطانية. وعلى كون من الصعب على إسرائيل مواجهة إدارة أوباما واحترام حقوق الملكية اليهودية الرغم من انه سي

في يهودا والسامرة والقدس في العام القادم إال أنه ال شيء يمنعها من تدمير البناء الفلسطيني الغير مشروع الممول من قبل االتحاد األوروبي في المنطقة ج.

جميع المستوطنات الغير قانونية المشيدة من االتحاد وعلى الحكومة ان تتصرف بقوة إلزالة األوروبي في المنطقة ج من يهودا والسامرة. فالمكان الذي يجب على الحكومة أن تبدأ بالهدم هو في مستوطنة فلسطينية غير قانونية خارج موقع التراث الوطني في سوسيا على بعد كيلومترات من

المكان الذي قتل فيه دافينا مائير

172

وإن تدمير مجتمع المستقطنين سوف يرسل رسالة قوية للفلسطينيين ومحرضيهم الغربيين. وفي الوقت ذاته يجب على الحكومة تسريع وتيرة بناء وحدات إسرائيلية جديدة خط الهدنة من سوسيا في شمال النقب حول عراد في أراضي الدولة التي يهددها البدو المدعومة من االتحاد

.الذين يعملون بالتنسيق مع المستقطنين الفلسطينيين في جنوب تالل الخليل. األوروبي

الشيء األخير الذي تحتاج إسرائيل لفعله في وجه العمليات الفلسطينية المدعومة بالحرب السياسية الغربية هو فرك وجوه البيروقراطيين في االتحاد األوروبي بحقيقة أن إسرائيل تنجح في

ها. وليس كافيا بالنسبة إلسرائيل أن تدعو اليهود في فرنسا وبقية أوروبا الغربية حين تفشل حكومات للهجرة. فعلى مدى العامين الماضيين قد وصلت الهجرة من أوروبا الغربية أعلى مستوياتها.

وفي حين تثبت الحكومات التي تتهم الدولة اليهودية باإلساءة وبشكل يومي بأنها غير قادرة واطنيها اليهود، المزيد من اليهود األوروبيين يستجيبون لدعوة الهجرة اليهودية على حماية م

إلسرائيل. لكن على مدى األشهر العديدة الماضية قد أصبح واضحا بكل ما نملك من حسن نية أن إسرائيل لم تحدد كيف ستستوعب مواطنيها الجدد. فأطباء األسنان والصيادلة وغيرهم من المهنيين

م ورميهم من قبل بيروقراطي النقابات المهنية الذين متطلبات الترخيص الحمائية لديهم يتم هضمه تقنع العديد للعودة الى أوروبا.

وبناء على ذلك يجب على الحكومة أن تعطي األولوية العاجلة لفك النقابات. ويعتبر تمكين مية من حماية متطلبات الترخيص المهنيين اليهود الفرنسيين للعمل في حقولهم في إسرائيل أكثر أه

القديمة من الفرق المهنية المحافظة.

إن إسرائيل تتعرض لهجوم منسق من قبل الفلسطينيين الذين يكرهوننا ومن األمريكيين والغربيين المعادين لنا

إن خياراتنا للتعامل مع هذا الهجوم ليست األمثل لكنها هائلة. ولو استغللناها بحكمة فإن ان نحير البيت األبيض واالتحاد األوروبي ويمكننا أن نبدأ باإلثبات للفلسطينيين أن ايمانهم بإمكاننا

بالعمليات لم يعد له ما يبرره.

173

Appendix (15)

مجلة جي بوست: إسرائيل والسلطة الفلسطينية

ولما كان من الصعب رؤية الهدف، فإن توصيات جيش الدفاع اإلسرائيلي ينبغي أن تؤخذ دية بعين االعتبار، ويأمل أن تعتمدها الحكومة.بج

األمر الذي أدى إلى انخفاض في العمليات الفلسطينية مدة شهرين التي ال تعرف الكلل ضد المدنيين اإلسرائيليين وموظفي األمن، ربما لم تكن تلك الرسالة التي أرادها معظم السكان الذين

يتعرضون لتلك العمليات سماعها.إلى توصيات يوم األربعاء الصادرة عن جيش الدفاع اإلسرائيلي للحكومة التخاذ نحن نشير

التي حلت -خطوات لتعزيز السلطة الفلسطينية. ووفقا للتقييم العسكري، فإن "االنتفاضة المحدودة" التي أثارت -محل "موجة اإلرهاب" في وصف عمليات الطعن وإطالق النار وهجمات الحجارة

تمال تفكك السلطة الفلسطينية في المستقبل في حال استمر العنف باالزدياد.القلق بشأن اح

من -التي تعتبر نفوذا معتدال في المنطقة -وتشمل التوصيات تمكين قوات األمن الفلسطينية الحصول على المزيد من األسلحة النارية والمدرعات، وكذلك اإلفراج عن السجناء الفلسطينيين

فة، وزيادة عدد تأشيرات العمل اإلسرائيلية للفلسطينيين في الضفة الغربية لدعم بجرائم أمنية خفي االقتصاد الفلسطيني. ومن الناحية النظرية، يعتدل "اإلرهاب" الجاري ضد اإلسرائيليين.

إسرائيليا قتلوا خالل الشهرين 23عندما تعجز عن رؤية الهدف، خاصة عندما تكون تناثرت دماء توصيات جيش الدفاع اإلسرائيلي يجب النظر فيها بجدية على أمل أن تعتمدها الماضيين، فإن

الحكومة.

ووفقا لجيش الدفاع اإلسرائيلي، فإن معظم العمليات ارتكبتها جماعات غير منظمة أو ما تسمى بالذئاب الوحيدة، وليست من قبل المشتبه بهم المعتادين مثل حماس أو الجهاد اإلسالمي. وقد تأثر

عاما( بالتحريض الفلسطيني، 13ء المنفذون غير المدربين )الذين تتراوح أعمارهم بين هؤالواأليديولوجية الراديكالية للدولة اإلسالمية، ومنشورات وسائل التواصل االجتماعي المتطرفة، وال يعتبروا جزءا من هجوم استراتيجي شامل على إسرائيل، والذي يتمثل بما حدث في االنتفاضة

انية.الث

سواء كانت قصة إيتام ونعمة هينكين الذين -على الرغم من العناوين الرهيبة والقصص المروعة قتلوا في األول من أكتوبر في سيارتهم أمام أطفالهم الصغار، أو قصة المواطن األمريكي إزرا

174

أو آخر عاما، والذي قتل األسبوع الماضي عند تقاطع ألون شفوت ، 18شوارتز البالغ من العمر ضحية، الجندي من جيش الدفاع اإلسرائيلي زيف مزراحي، والذي لقي حتفه في محطة الغاز "دور

فإن استمرار التعاون بين -بالقرب من مستوطنة موديعين يوم االثنين 443ألون" على طول طريق العمليات.قوات األمن اإلسرائيلية وقوات األمن الفلسطينية منع دون أدنى شك وقوع المزيد من

وقد يكون من المناسب وضع اللوم على جميع الفلسطينيين في الوضع الراهن، وال سيما من التحريض المستمر في -قادتهم، وال يوجد نقص في القضايا التي يجب وضعها على عاتقهم

تصريحات القادة الفلسطينيين مثل رئيس السلطة الفلسطينية محمود عباس )بتعليقه على جبل ل قائال "قدم اليهودية القذرة"( إلى مزيد من التحريض التنظيمي عن طريق الكتب المدرسية الهيك

ووسائل اإلعالم التي تربي أجياال من الفلسطينيين لرؤية اإلسرائيليين كأشباه بشر مغتصبين.

ولكن ما يجب أن نتذكره هو أن الجزء األكبر من السكان الفلسطينيين في الضفة الغربية، سواء انوا يؤيدون العمليات ضد إسرائيل أم ال، ليسوا مشاركين بتلك العمليات.ك

والعقاب الجماعي والذي يتمثل بزيادة القمع على الحركة أو الحريات المدنية أو هدم المنازل ال يؤدي إال إلى تطرف عدد أكبر من السكان وزيادة احتماالت االحتجاجات الجماهيرية التي ترتفع

اإلصابات والتي بدورها أن تسحب المنظمات المسلحة إلى المعادلة.فيها مستويات

وكما أشار وزير الدفاع موشيه يعلون يوم األربعاء إلى إطالق برنامج أمنون ليبكين شهاك لألمن القومي والديمقراطية في معهد الديمقراطية اإلسرائيلية، يجب على إسرائيل أن تواجه التحدي المتمثل

ليات بحيث ال تنتهك حياة الشعب الفلسطيني على نطاق واسع.في مواجهة العم

وقد سأل: "إنه سؤال أخالقي، وتحتاج إلى اتخاذ قرارات.كيف تدع أولئك الذين ال يشاركون في العمليات، ويريدون أن يعيشوا في تعاون مع إسرائيل،

للعمليات، القادمين من أن يستمروا في حياتهم اليومية، ولكن أيضا قدم إجابة لألفراد المنفذين السكان المدنيين، بهجمات السكاكين وعمليات السيارات، وهجمات إطالق النار وكل شيء آخر؟ ".

إن جوابه، المتطابق مع توصيات الجيش اإلسرائيلي، وهو السعي إلى السماح للمدنيين العرب حرية.واليهود في يهودا والسامرة بأن يعيشوا حياتهم بأقصى قدر ممكن من ال

وهذا يتطلب التعاون مع كل من يمكن أن يجلب الهدوء إلى المنطقة، وذلك يشمل قوات األمن الفلسطينية.

وفي خضم المعاناة التي تمر بها البالد، إنها شهادة متوهجة لمبادئنا التي اختارها وزير دفاعنا سانية التي ترتكب ضدنا.للحديث عن حماية قيمنا وبقاؤنا بشكل انساني في مواجهة األفعال الالإن